RELEASE_NOTES revision 77349
1144730Salc			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2144730Salc      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.561.2.5.2.235 2001/05/27 21:39:16 gshapiro Exp $
3144730Salc
4144730Salc
5144730SalcThis listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6144730Salcof the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7144730Salcsummary of the changes in that release.
8144730Salc
9144730Salc8.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
10144730Salc	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
11144730Salc		corruption and other potential race conditions.
12144730Salc		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
13144730Salc		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
14144730Salc		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
15144730Salc		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
16144730Salc	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
17144730Salc		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
18144730Salc		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
19144730Salc	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
20144730Salc		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
21144730Salc		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
22144730Salc	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
23144733Salc		from Kenji Miyake.
24144730Salc	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
25144730Salc		QueueDirectory wildcards.
26144730Salc	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
27144730Salc		the same map again while exiting.
28144730Salc	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
29144733Salc		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
30144730Salc		of Tuebingen.
31144730Salc	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
32144730Salc		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
33144733Salc		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
34144730Salc		Oklahoma State University.
35144733Salc	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
36144730Salc		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
37144730Salc		InTouch Systems, Inc.
38144730Salc	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
39144733Salc		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
40144730Salc		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
41144730Salc		Morgan Stanley.
42144730Salc	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
43144730Salc		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
44184547Speter		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
45217106Skib	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
46217106Skib		from Werner Wiethege.
47	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
48		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
49	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
50		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
51		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
52		Internet Services.
53	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
54		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
55	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
56		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
57	Portability:
58		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
59	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
60		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
61	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
62	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
63		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
64		Meteorological Institute.
65	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
66		since it generates random process ids.
67	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
68		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
69		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
70	New Files:
71		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
72
738.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
74	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
75		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
76		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
77		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
78	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
79		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
80		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
81		communications consulting gmbh.
82	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
83		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
84	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
85		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
86		connection came in from the command line.
87	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
88		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
89		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
90	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
91		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
92	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
93		when they were committed.
94	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
95		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
96	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
97		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
98		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
99		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
100	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
101		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
102		University.
103	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
104		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
105		accept() completes.
106	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
107		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
108	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
109		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
110		Wellcome.
111	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
112		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
113		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
114		University.
115	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
116		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
117		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
118		University of New Brunswick.
119	Portability:
120		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
121			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
122			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
123		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
124			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
125		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
126			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
127			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
128		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
129			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
130			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
131	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
132		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
133	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
134		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
135	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
136		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
137		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
138		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
139		Institute.
140	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
141		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
142		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
143	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
144		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
145	Renamed Files:
146		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
147
1488.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
149	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
150		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
151		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
152		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
153		Schools" project (IdS).
154	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
155		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
156		be enabled by compiling with:
157		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
158		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
159		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
160	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
161		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
162	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
163		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
164		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
165		Colby College.
166	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
167		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
168	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
169		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
170		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
171		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
172	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
173		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
174		NxNetworks, Inc.
175	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
176		client name.
177	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
178		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
179		the Universitat Regensburg.
180	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
181		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
182		University of Arizona.
183	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
184		of Collective Technologies.
185	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
186		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
187		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
188		Engineering.
189	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
190		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
191		Meteorological Institute.
192	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
193		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
194	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
195		Meteorological Institute.
196	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
197		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
198		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
199		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
200	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
201		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
202		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
203	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
204		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
205		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
206	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
207		overall connections, not the number of connections per
208		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
209		counting.
210	Portability:
211		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
212			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
213			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
214		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
215			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
216		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
217			Rosenman.
218		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
219			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
220		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
221			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
222			of Pacific Access.
223		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
224			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
225		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
226			Microsystems.
227	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
228		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
229		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
230	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
231		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
232	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
233		implicitly assume canonical host names.
234	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
235		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
236	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
237		Virginia Tech.
238	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
239		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
240		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
241	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
242	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
243		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
244		gmbh.
245	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
246		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
247	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
248		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
249		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
250		of Kyoto University.
251	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
252		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
253		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
254		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
255		version.
256	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
257		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
258		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
259	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
260	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
261		or *-owner.
262	New Files:
263		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
264		contrib/buildvirtuser
265		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
266
2678.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
268	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
269		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
270	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
271		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
272		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
273		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
274		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
275	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
276		wildcards.
277	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
278		process may close the connection before the child process
279		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
280		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
281		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
282	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
283		read the LDAP secret from a file.
284	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
285		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
286		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
287		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
288	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
289		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
290		of EarthLink.
291	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
292	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
293		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
294		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
295	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
296		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
297	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
298		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
299		Fournier of Acadia University.
300	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
301		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
302		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
303		one of the others may be able to take over.
304	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
305		previous load average query result.
306	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
307		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
308		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
309		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
310	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
311		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
312	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
313		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
314		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
315	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
316		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
317	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
318		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
319		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
320	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
321		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
322	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
323		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
324		University of British Columbia.
325	Portability:
326		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
327			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
328			override the setting.  Suggested by
329			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
330		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
331			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
332			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
333		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
334			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
335			College.
336		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
337			Tom Moore of NCR.
338		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
339			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
340		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
341			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
342			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
343		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
344			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
345			Consulting.
346	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
347		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
348	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
349		errors in the MAIL address.
350	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
351		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
352	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
353		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
354	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
355		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
356		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
357		Ericsson.
358	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
359		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
360		mailer as described in cf/README.
361	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
362		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
363	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
364		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
365	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
366		sendmail.
367	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
368		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
369		Meteorological Institute.
370	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
371	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
372		dot as the only character on the line.
373	New Files:
374		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
375
3768.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
377	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
378		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
379		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
380		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
381		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
382		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
383		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
384	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
385		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
386		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
387		Systems in this category should compile with
388		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
389		system and report broken implementations to
390		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
391		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
392	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
393		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
394		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
395	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
396		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
397		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
398		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
399	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
400		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
401		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
402		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
403	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
404		random data.
405	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
406		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
407		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
408	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
409		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
410		Martin of CMU.
411	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
412		strength factor.
413	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
414		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
415		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
416		of CMU.
417	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
418		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
419		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
420	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
421		documented, unless a family is specified in a
422		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
423		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
424		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
425		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
426		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
427		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
428	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
429		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
430		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
431		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
432		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
433		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
434	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
435		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
436		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
437		of Sun Microsystems.
438	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
439		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
440		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
441		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
442		the incoming information in the queue file for later
443		delivery attempts.
444	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
445		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
446		smoe.org.
447	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
448		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
449		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
450	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
451		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
452	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
453		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
454		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
455		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
456	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
457		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
458		Hedeland of Ericsson.
459	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
460		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
461		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
462		of Northern Illinois University.
463	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
464		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
465	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
466		to kilobyte units.
467	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
468		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
469		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
470		Polytechnic.
471	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
472		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
473		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
474		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
475	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
476		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
477		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
478	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
479		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
480	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
481		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
482		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
483	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
484		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
485		G. Thomas Consulting.
486	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
487		port number (113).
488	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
489		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
490	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
491		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
492		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
493	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
494		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
495		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
496		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
497	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
498		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
499		University of Mainz.
500	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
501		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
502	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
503		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
504	Portability:
505		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
506			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
507			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
508		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
509		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
510			work properly causing problems if the accept()
511			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
512			from Tom Moore of NCR.
513		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
514			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
515		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
516			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
517			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
518			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
519			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
520	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
521		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
522	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
523		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
524		confCACERT			CACERTFile
525		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
526		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
527		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
528		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
529		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
530		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
531	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
532		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
533		cf/README for more information.
534	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
535	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
536		called due to a STARTTLS command.
537	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
538		instead of temporary.
539	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
540		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
541		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
542		Consulting.
543	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
544		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
545		RootsWeb.com.
546	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
547		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
548		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
549		University of Maryland.
550	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
551		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
552	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
553		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
554		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
555		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
556		of the University of Alberta.
557	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
558		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
559	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
560	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
561		of X.509 certificates.
562	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
563		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
564		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
565		Universitat Regensburg.
566	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
567		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
568	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
569		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
570	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
571		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
572	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
573		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
574		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
575	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
576		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
577	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
578		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
579		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
580		University.
581	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
582	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
583		links.
584	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
585		reported.
586	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
587		Denman Tire Corporation.
588	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
589		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
590	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
591	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
592		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
593	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
594		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
595	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
596		have a From line.
597	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
598		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
599	Added Files:
600		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
601		contrib/cidrexpand
602		contrib/link_hash.sh
603		contrib/movemail.conf
604		contrib/movemail.pl
605		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
606		test/t_snprintf.c
607
6088.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
609	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
610		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
611		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
612		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
613		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
614	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
615		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
616	Added Files:
617		test/t_setuid.c
618
6198.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
620	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
621		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
622		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
623		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
624		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
625		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
626	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
627		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
628	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
629	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
630		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
631		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
632	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
633		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
634		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
635	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
636		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
637	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
638	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
639		or higher.
640	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
641		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
642	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
643	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
644		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
645		Polytechnic Institute.
646	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
647		discards the message.
648	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
649		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
650		attempted to the alias.
651	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
652		flag options.
653	Portability:
654		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
655			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
656			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
657			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
658			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
659		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
660			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
661		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
662			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
663		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
664		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
665			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
666		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
667			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
668			Services, LLC.
669		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
670			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
671			Courtesan Consulting.
672		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
673			Siemens Business Services.
674	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
675		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
676		of WSRCC.
677	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
678	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
679		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
680	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
681		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
682	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
683	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
684		of NEC.
685	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
686		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
687	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
688		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
689		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
690		Virginia Tech.
691	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
692		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
693		University.
694	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
695		for other internal projects but included in the open source
696		release.
697	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
698		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
699		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
700		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
701	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
702		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
703		Sendmail.
704	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
705		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
706		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
707	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
708		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
709	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
710		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
711		Northern Illinois University.
712	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
713		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
714		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
715		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
716	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
717		Polytechnique de Montreal.
718	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
719		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
720		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
721	Added Files:
722		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
723		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
724	Deleted Files:
725		contrib/converting.sun.configs
726	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
727		doc/intro
728		doc/usenix
729		doc/changes
730
7318.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
732	    *************************************************************
733	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
734	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.  *
735	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering     *
736	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment   *
737	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and      *
738	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died *
739	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a  *
740	    * coach, and a friend.                                      *
741	    *                                                           *
742	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,   *
743	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
744	    * Julie, we miss you!                                       *
745	    *************************************************************
746	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
747		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
748		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
749		symbolic link target.
750	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
751		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
752		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
753	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
754		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
755		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
756		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
757		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
758		version of sendmail.
759	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
760		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
761		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
762		(IdS).
763	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
764		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
765	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
766		for easier code sharing among the programs.
767	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
768		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
769		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
770		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
771		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
772		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
773	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
774		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
775		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
776		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
777	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
778		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
779		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
780	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
781		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
782		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
783	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
784		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
785		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
786		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
787		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
788		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
789	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
790		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
791		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
792	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
793		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
794		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
795		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
796		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
797		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
798	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
799		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
800		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
801		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
802	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
803		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
804		accordingly.
805	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
806		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
807		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
808		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
809		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
810		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
811		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
812	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
813		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
814		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
815		InCert Software.
816	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
817		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
818		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
819	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
820		a control socket request.
821	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
822		settings:
823		Timeout.resolver.retrans
824			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
825			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
826			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
827		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
828			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
829			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
830		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
831			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
832			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
833			delivery attempt.
834		Timeout.resolver.retry
835			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
836			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
837			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
838		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
839			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
840			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
841		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
842			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
843			query for all resolver lookups except the first
844			delivery attempt.
845		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
846	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
847		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
848		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
849		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
850		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
851		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
852		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
853		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
854		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
855		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
856	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
857		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
858		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
859		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
860		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
861		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
862		Telecommunications Ltd.
863	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
864		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
865		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
866		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
867		Inc.
868	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
869		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
870		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
871	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
872		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
873	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
874		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
875		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
876	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
877		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
878	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
879	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
880		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
881		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
882	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
883		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
884		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
885	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
886		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
887		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
888		Ltd.
889	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
890		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
891		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
892		example mailer might be:
893			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
894				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
895				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
896		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
897	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
898		instead.
899	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
900		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
901		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
902		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
903	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
904		flags.
905	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
906		body of the original message on delivery status
907		notifications.
908	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
909		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
910	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
911		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
912		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
913	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
914		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
915		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
916	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
917		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
918		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
919		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
920	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
921		Conwell of Boston University.
922	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
923		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
924	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
925		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
926		@Home Network.
927	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
928		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
929		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
930	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
931		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
932		similar to check_rcpt etc.
933	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
934		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
935		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
936		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
937		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
938	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
939		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
940		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
941	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
942		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
943		Mathias Herberts.
944	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
945		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
946		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
947		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
948		in check_compat).
949	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
950		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
951		option.
952	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
953	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
954		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
955	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
956		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
957	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
958	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
959		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
960	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
961		is set.
962	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
963		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
964	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
965		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
966		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
967	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
968	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
969	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
970		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
971		a denial-of-service attack.
972	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
973		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
974		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
975		overflow attacks.
976	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
977		alias recursion.
978	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
979	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
980	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
981		directly before the newline.
982	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
983		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
984		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
985		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
986		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
987		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
988		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
989		could not be opened.
990	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
991		value of this option is macro expanded.
992	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
993		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
994	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
995		(along with the already existing macros):
996		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
997		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
998		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
999		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
1000		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
1001		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
1002		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
1003	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
1004		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
1005		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
1006		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
1007		loopback net.
1008	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
1009		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
1010		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
1011	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
1012		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
1013		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
1014		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
1015		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
1016	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
1017		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
1018		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
1019		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
1020		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
1021	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
1022		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
1023		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
1024		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
1025	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
1026		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
1027		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
1028		Ericsson.
1029	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
1030		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
1031		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
1032		of Ericsson.
1033	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
1034		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
1035		of Renaissance Internet Services.
1036	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
1037		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
1038		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
1039	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
1040		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
1041		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
1042		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
1043	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
1044		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
1045	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
1046		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
1047	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
1048		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
1049		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1050	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
1051	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
1052		equate name.
1053	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
1054		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
1055	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
1056		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
1057	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
1058		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
1059		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
1060		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
1061		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
1062		David Cooley of Colby College.
1063	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
1064		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
1065		already decided the message will be passed to another host
1066		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
1067		Buckeridge Young Limited.
1068	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
1069		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
1070		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
1071		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
1072		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
1073		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
1074		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
1075		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
1076		of Stanford University.
1077	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
1078		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
1079	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
1080		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
1081		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
1082		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
1083		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
1084		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
1085		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
1086	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
1087		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
1088		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
1089		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
1090	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
1091	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
1092		attributes found in the match will be returned.
1093	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
1094		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
1095		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
1096		comma separated key and value strings.
1097	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
1098		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
1099		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
1100		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
1101		a single connection to that host.
1102	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
1103	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
1104		LDAP lookups.
1105	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
1106		resources.
1107	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
1108	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
1109	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
1110		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
1111		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
1112		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
1113		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
1114		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
1115		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
1116		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
1117		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
1118		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
1119		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
1120		with the name "*".
1121	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
1122		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
1123		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
1124		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
1125		matches to return.
1126	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
1127		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
1128		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
1129		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
1130		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
1131		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
1132		are defined.
1133	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
1134		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
1135		Tech.
1136	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
1137		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
1138		important if you have large classes.
1139	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
1140		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
1141		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1142	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
1143		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
1144		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
1145		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
1146		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
1147		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
1148	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
1149		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
1150		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
1151		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
1152		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
1153		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
1154		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
1155		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
1156	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
1157		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
1158		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
1159		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
1160		has no effect.
1161	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
1162		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1163	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
1164		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1165	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
1166		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
1167	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
1168		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
1169	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
1170		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
1171		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
1172		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
1173		connection-based denial of service attacks.
1174	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
1175		10 or higher.
1176	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
1177		information (from= syslog line).
1178	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
1179		equate (dsn=).
1180	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
1181	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
1182		information is available at
1183		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
1184		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1185	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
1186		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1187		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1188	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
1189		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1190	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
1191		the program as the default user and the default group, not
1192		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
1193		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
1194		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
1195		Popovici of DNT Romania.
1196	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
1197		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
1198		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
1199	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
1200		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
1201		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
1202	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
1203		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
1204		helpful to know the sender of the message.
1205	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
1206		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1207	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
1208		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
1209		multiple files.
1210	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
1211		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
1212		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
1213		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
1214		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
1215		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
1216		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
1217		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
1218		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
1219	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
1220		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
1221	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
1222		length before the attempt.
1223	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
1224		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
1225		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
1226		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
1227		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
1228	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
1229		host status files, not all files.
1230	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
1231		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
1232		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
1233		Wonderworks Inc.
1234	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
1235		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
1236		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
1237		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
1238		of Hannover.
1239	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
1240		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
1241		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
1242		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
1243		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
1244		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
1245	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
1246		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
1247		flag:
1248			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
1249		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
1250		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
1251		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
1252	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
1253		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
1254		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
1255		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
1256		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
1257		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
1258		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
1259	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
1260		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
1261		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
1262		version.
1263	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
1264	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
1265	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
1266		if referencing a named ruleset.
1267	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
1268		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
1269	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
1270		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
1271		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
1272		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
1273		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
1274		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
1275		the University of Maryland.
1276	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
1277		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
1278	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
1279		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
1280	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
1281		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
1282		COMMANDS).
1283	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
1284		but for outgoing connections.
1285	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
1286		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
1287			a	require authentication
1288			b	bind to interface through which mail has
1289				been received
1290			c	perform hostname canonification
1291			f	require fully qualified hostname
1292			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
1293				command
1294			C	don't perform hostname canonification
1295			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
1296	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
1297			h	use name of interface for HELO command
1298	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
1299	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
1300		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
1301		Institutes of Health.
1302	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
1303		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1304	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
1305	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
1306		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1307	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
1308	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
1309		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
1310	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
1311		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
1312	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
1313		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
1314		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1315	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
1316		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
1317		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
1318	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
1319	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
1320		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
1321		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
1322	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
1323		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
1324		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
1325		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
1326		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1327	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
1328		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
1329		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
1330		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
1331		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
1332		timeout.
1333	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
1334		interface address structure when loading the system network
1335		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
1336		Nanoteq.
1337	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
1338		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
1339		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
1340		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
1341		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
1342	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
1343		on load average.
1344	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1345		Northern Illinois University.
1346	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
1347		envelope splitting has occurred.
1348	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
1349		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
1350	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
1351	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
1352		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
1353		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1354		Institute.
1355	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
1356		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
1357		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
1358	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
1359		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
1360		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
1361		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1362	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
1363		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1364	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
1365		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1366	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
1367		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
1368	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
1369		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1370	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
1371		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
1372		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
1373		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1374	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
1375		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
1376	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
1377		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1378	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
1379		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
1380		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1381		University.
1382	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
1383		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
1384		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
1385	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
1386		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
1387		ruleset lines as well.
1388	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
1389		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
1390		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
1391		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1392		Institute.
1393	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
1394		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
1395		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1396	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
1397		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
1398		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
1399		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
1400	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
1401		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
1402		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
1403		of Ericsson.
1404	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
1405		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
1406		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
1407		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1408	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
1409		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
1410		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
1411		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
1412		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
1413	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
1414		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
1415		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
1416		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
1417	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
1418		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
1419		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1420		University.
1421	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
1422		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
1423		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
1424		'sendmail -bs'.
1425	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
1426		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
1427		them in the .cf file.
1428	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
1429		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
1430		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
1431		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
1432	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
1433		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
1434	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
1435		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
1436		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1437	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
1438		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
1439		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
1440		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
1441		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1442	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
1443		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1444	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
1445		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
1446		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
1447	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
1448		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1449	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
1450		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
1451		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
1452	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
1453		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
1454		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1455	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
1456		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
1457		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
1458		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1459	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
1460		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
1461		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
1462		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
1463		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
1464		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1465	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
1466		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
1467		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
1468		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
1469		don't fail on ANY queries.
1470	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
1471		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
1472		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1473		Northern Illinois University.
1474	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
1475		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
1476		State University.
1477	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
1478		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1479		Northern Illinois University.
1480	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
1481		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
1482	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
1483	Portability:
1484		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
1485			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
1486			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
1487			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
1488			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1489		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
1490			This allows network interface probing to work
1491			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
1492			University of Iowa.
1493		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
1494		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
1495			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
1496			name.
1497		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
1498		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
1499			Virginia Tech.
1500		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
1501		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
1502			Amsterdam.
1503		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
1504		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
1505			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
1506		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
1507			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
1508			in building the operating system.  Users can
1509			override the defaults by setting confCC and
1510			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
1511		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
1512		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
1513		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
1514			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
1515		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
1516			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1517		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
1518			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1519		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
1520			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
1521		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
1522			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1523		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
1524			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
1525			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
1526		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
1527		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
1528			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
1529			use that value in conf.h.
1530		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
1531			BITart Consulting.
1532		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
1533			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
1534			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
1535			Computer, Inc.
1536		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
1537			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
1538			of E I A.
1539		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
1540			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
1541		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
1542			fchown(2).
1543		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
1544			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
1545		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
1546			srandomdev(3).
1547		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
1548			setlogin(2).
1549		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
1550			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
1551			Siemens Business Services.
1552		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
1553			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
1554			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
1555		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
1556			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
1557		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
1558			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1559			Aerospace.
1560		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
1561			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
1562			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
1563		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
1564			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
1565			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
1566			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
1567			University.
1568		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
1569			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
1570			Technology Information Network.
1571		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
1572			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
1573		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1574		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
1575			and OpenBSD.
1576		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
1577			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
1578			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
1579			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1580	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
1581		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
1582		details.
1583	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
1584		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
1585	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
1586	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
1587		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
1588		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
1589	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-setuid root.  This
1590		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
1591		Courtesan Consulting.
1592	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
1593	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
1594		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
1595		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
1596	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
1597		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
1598		multiple times.
1599	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
1600		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
1601		with From:).
1602	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
1603		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
1604	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
1605		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
1606		new functionality.
1607	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1608		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
1609		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
1610		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
1611		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
1612		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
1613		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
1614		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
1615		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
1616		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
1617		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
1618		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
1619		confPID_FILE			PidFile
1620		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
1621		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
1622		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
1623		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
1624		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
1625		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
1626		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
1627		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
1628		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
1629		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
1630		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
1631	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
1632		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1633		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1634	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
1635		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
1636		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
1637		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
1638		to "IPC $h".
1639	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
1640		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
1641		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
1642	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
1643		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
1644		value should be changed with care.
1645	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
1646		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
1647	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
1648		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
1649		complain.
1650	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
1651		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
1652		of Q7 Enterprises.
1653	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
1654		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
1655		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
1656		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
1657	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
1658		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
1659		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
1660		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
1661		of Northern Illinois University.
1662	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
1663		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
1664		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
1665	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
1666		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
1667		in it.
1668	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
1669		in class 'P' ($=P).
1670	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
1671		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
1672		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
1673		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
1674		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
1675		is added.
1676	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
1677		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
1678	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
1679		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
1680	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
1681		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
1682	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
1683		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
1684	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
1685		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
1686	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
1687		Hubert of University of Washington.
1688	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
1689		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
1690		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
1691	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
1692	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
1693		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
1694		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
1695	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
1696		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
1697		Services.
1698	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
1699		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1700		Aerospace.
1701	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
1702		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
1703		University and Brian Candler.
1704	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
1705		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1706	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
1707		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1708		Institute.
1709	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
1710		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
1711	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
1712		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
1713		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
1714	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
1715		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
1716	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
1717		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
1718		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1719	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
1720		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
1721		Willamette Industries, Inc.
1722	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
1723		converted to <user@d>
1724	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
1725		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
1726	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
1727		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
1728		performed.
1729	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
1730		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
1731		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1732		Institute.
1733	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
1734		be accessed by their numbers).
1735	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
1736		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
1737		of an address.
1738	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
1739		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
1740		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
1741		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
1742	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
1743		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
1744		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
1745	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
1746		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
1747	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1748	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
1749		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1750		Institute.
1751	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
1752	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
1753		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
1754		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
1755		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
1756	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
1757		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
1758		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
1759	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
1760		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
1761	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
1762		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1763	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
1764		University of California at Berkeley.
1765	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
1766		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1767	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
1768		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
1769	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1770		Corporation UK.
1771	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
1772	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
1773		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
1774		Yale University.
1775	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
1776		be used for building.
1777	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
1778		used for a fresh build.
1779	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
1780	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
1781		ranlib.
1782	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
1783		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
1784	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
1785		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
1786		Costales.
1787	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
1788		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
1789		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
1790		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1791	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
1792		of Siemens Business Services.
1793	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
1794		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
1795		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
1796		torek.
1797	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
1798		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
1799		They should contain the C source files for the object files
1800		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
1801		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
1802	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
1803		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
1804		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
1805		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
1806		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
1807	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
1808		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
1809		are in devtools/README.
1810	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
1811		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1812	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
1813		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
1814		new variable which identifies the root of the source
1815		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
1816	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
1817		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
1818		macro.
1819	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
1820	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
1821		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
1822		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
1823		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
1824		Corporation.
1825	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
1826		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
1827		confMANROOTMAN.
1828	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
1829		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
1830		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
1831	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
1832		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
1833		Communications.
1834	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
1835		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
1836	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
1837		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
1838		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
1839	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
1840		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
1841		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
1842	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
1843		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
1844		install-strip target.
1845	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
1846		the others (if it exists).
1847	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
1848		then the default ones.
1849	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed setuid root.  To use mail.local
1850		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
1851		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
1852		to set the S flag.
1853	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
1854		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
1855		Northern Illinois University.
1856	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
1857		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
1858		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1859	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
1860		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
1861		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1862		University.
1863	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
1864		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
1865		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1866		University.
1867	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
1868		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
1869		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
1870		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
1871		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
1872		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
1873		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1874		University.
1875	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
1876		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
1877		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1878	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
1879		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
1880		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
1881		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
1882		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
1883		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
1884		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
1885		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
1886		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
1887		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
1888		Alcatel Australia Limited.
1889	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
1890		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
1891		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1892	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
1893		timeout to avoid starvation.
1894	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
1895		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
1896		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1897	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1898	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
1899		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
1900		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
1901		of Maryland.
1902	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
1903		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
1904		sendmail configuration file.
1905	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
1906		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
1907		option.
1908	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
1909		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
1910	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
1911		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
1912	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
1913		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
1914	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
1915		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
1916	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1917		Corporation UK.
1918	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
1919		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
1920		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
1921		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1922	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
1923		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
1924		Institute for Global Communications.
1925	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
1926		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
1927		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1928	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
1929		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
1930		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1931	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
1932		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
1933		of the Institute for Global Communications.
1934	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
1935		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
1936	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
1937	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
1938		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
1939	Changed Files:
1940		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
1941			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
1942			which execute the actual Build script in
1943			devtools/bin.
1944		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
1945			-mandoc as they were previously.
1946		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
1947			of Build will work (unless parameters are
1948			required for Build).
1949	New Directories:
1950		devtools/M4/UNIX
1951		include
1952		libmilter
1953		libsmdb
1954		libsmutil
1955		vacation
1956	Renamed Directories:
1957		BuildTools => devtools
1958		src => sendmail
1959	Deleted Files:
1960		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
1961		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
1962		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
1963		devtools/OS/SINIX
1964		sendmail/ldap_map.h
1965	New Files:
1966		INSTALL
1967		PGPKEYS
1968		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
1969		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
1970		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
1971		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
1972		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
1973		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
1974		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
1975		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
1976		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
1977		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
1978		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
1979		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
1980		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
1981		contrib/domainmap.m4
1982		contrib/qtool.8
1983		contrib/qtool.pl
1984		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
1985		devtools/M4/list.m4
1986		devtools/M4/string.m4
1987		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
1988		devtools/M4/switch.m4
1989		devtools/OS/Darwin
1990		devtools/OS/GNU
1991		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
1992		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
1993		devtools/OS/m88k
1994		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
1995		mail.local/Makefile
1996		mailstats/Makefile
1997		makemap/Makefile
1998		praliases/Makefile
1999		rmail/Makefile
2000		sendmail/Makefile
2001		sendmail/bf.h
2002		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2003		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2004		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2005		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2006		sendmail/shmticklib.c
2007		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
2008		sendmail/timers.c
2009		sendmail/timers.h
2010		smrsh/Makefile
2011		vacation/Makefile
2012	Renamed Files:
2013		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
2014		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2015		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
2016		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
2017		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
2018		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
2019		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
2020		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
2021		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
2022	Copied Files:
2023		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
2024
20258.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
2026	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
2027		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
2028		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
2029		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2030		Schools" project (IdS).
2031	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
2032		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
2033		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
2034		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2035	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
2036		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
2037		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
2038		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
2039	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
2040		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
2041		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
2042		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2043	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
2044		ExecPC Internet Systems.
2045	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
2046		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
2047		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
2048		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
2049		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
2050		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
2051	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
2052		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
2053		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
2054		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2055	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
2056		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
2057		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
2058		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
2059	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
2060		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
2061	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
2062		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
2063		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
2064		group of the IETF.
2065	Portability:
2066		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
2067			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
2068			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
2069			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
2070			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
2071			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
2072			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
2073			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
2074			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
2075			Technical University of Denmark.
2076		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
2077			Supercomputer Center.
2078		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
2079			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
2080			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
2081			of Stanford University.
2082		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
2083			between different releases.  Back out the
2084			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
2085			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
2086			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
2087			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
2088		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
2089			of Siemens/SNI.
2090		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2091	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
2092		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
2093		University of Brno.
2094	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
2095		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
2096		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2097	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
2098		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
2099		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2100	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
2101		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
2102	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
2103		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
2104		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2105	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
2106		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
2107		MIDS Europe.
2108	New Files:
2109		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
2110		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
2111		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
2112
21138.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
2114	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
2115		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
2116		for a denial of service attack.
2117	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
2118		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2119	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
2120		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
2121		Corporation UK.
2122	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
2123		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
2124	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
2125		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
2126	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
2127		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
2128		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
2129		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
2130		Internet Services.
2131	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
2132		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
2133		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
2134		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
2135	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
2136		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
2137		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
2138	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
2139		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2140	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
2141		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
2142		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
2143	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
2144		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2145		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2146	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
2147		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
2148		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
2149		Internet Services.
2150	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
2151		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
2152		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
2153	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
2154		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
2155		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
2156		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
2157		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
2158		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
2159		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
2160		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
2161		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
2162		extended testing.
2163	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
2164		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
2165	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
2166		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
2167		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
2168		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2169	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
2170		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
2171		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
2172		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2173		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
2174	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
2175		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
2176		Network.
2177	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
2178		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
2179	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
2180		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
2181		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
2182		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
2183		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2184	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
2185		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
2186		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
2187	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
2188		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
2189	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
2190		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
2191		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
2192		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
2193		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2194	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
2195		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2196		Meteorological Institute.
2197	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2198	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
2199		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
2200	Portability:
2201		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2202		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
2203			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
2204			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
2205		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
2206			reading network interface addresses into
2207			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
2208			Cal State University, Chico.
2209		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
2210			from changing the semantics of the compiled
2211			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
2212			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
2213		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
2214			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2215		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2216		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
2217			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
2218		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
2219		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
2220			of Sun Microsystems.
2221		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
2222			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2223		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
2224			of Bits Co., Ltd.
2225		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
2226			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2227		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
2228			of E I A.
2229		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
2230			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
2231			Information Center.
2232		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
2233			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2234			Institute.
2235		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
2236			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
2237	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
2238		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
2239		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2240	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
2241		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
2242		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
2243		Manawatu Internet Services.
2244	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
2245		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
2246		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
2247		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
2248		of Northern Illinois University.
2249	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
2250		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2251		Kiel.
2252	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
2253		Dot Com.
2254	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
2255		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2256		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2257	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
2258		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
2259		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
2260		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2261		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
2262		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2263	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
2264		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
2265	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
2266		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2267	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
2268		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2269	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
2270		the envelope From header.
2271	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
2272		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
2273	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
2274		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
2275	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
2276		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
2277		Portal Services, Inc.
2278	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
2279		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
2280		Sun Microsystems.
2281	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2282	New Files:
2283		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
2284		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
2285		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
2286		contrib/smcontrol.pl
2287		src/control.c
2288
22898.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
2290	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
2291		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
2292		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
2293		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
2294	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
2295		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
2296		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2297		Meteorological Institute.
2298	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
2299		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
2300		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2301	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
2302		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
2303		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
2304		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2305	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
2306		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2307	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
2308		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
2309	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
2310		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
2311		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
2312	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
2313		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
2314		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
2315		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
2316	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
2317		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
2318		Flextech TV.
2319	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
2320		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
2321		DaveLtd Enterprises.
2322	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
2323		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
2324		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
2325		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
2326	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
2327		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
2328	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
2329		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
2330	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
2331		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
2332		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
2333	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
2334		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
2335		University.
2336	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
2337		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
2338		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
2339		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
2340		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
2341		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
2342	Portability:
2343		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
2344			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
2345			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
2346			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
2347		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
2348			of BSDI.
2349		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
2350			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
2351			PICT Inc.
2352		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
2353			J. P. McCann of E I A.
2354		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
2355			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
2356	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
2357		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
2358		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
2359		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2360	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
2361		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
2362		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2363	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
2364		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
2365		would not accept @@hostname.
2366	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
2367		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
2368	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
2369		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
2370		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2371	New Files:
2372		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
2373
23748.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
2375	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
2376		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
2377		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
2378		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
2379		which need the ability to override security can use the
2380		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
2381		information.
2382	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
2383		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
2384		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
2385		world writable directories.
2386	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
2387		it is in a world writable directory.
2388	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
2389		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
2390		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
2391		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2392		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2393	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
2394		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
2395		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
2396	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
2397		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
2398		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
2399		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
2400		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
2401		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
2402		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
2403		default.
2404	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-setuid binaries
2405		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
2406		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
2407		the University of Maryland.
2408	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
2409		of Cal State University, Chico.
2410	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
2411		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
2412		current version of Berkeley DB.
2413	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
2414		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2415	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
2416		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
2417		of Maryland.
2418	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
2419		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
2420		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
2421		Microsystems.
2422	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
2423		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
2424		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
2425		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
2426	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
2427		mail.local on the F=z flag.
2428	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
2429		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
2430		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
2431		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
2432	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
2433		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
2434		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
2435		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2436		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2437	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
2438		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
2439		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
2440		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2441	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
2442		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
2443		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
2444	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
2445		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
2446		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
2447	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
2448		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
2449		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
2450		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
2451		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
2452		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
2453		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
2454		relaying entirely.
2455	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
2456		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
2457		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
2458		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
2459	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
2460		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
2461		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
2462		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2463	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
2464		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
2465		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
2466		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
2467		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2468	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
2469		sender for those failures.
2470	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
2471		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
2472		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
2473		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
2474		of Ericsson.
2475	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
2476		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
2477		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2478		of Procter & Gamble.
2479	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
2480		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
2481		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2482		of Procter & Gamble.
2483	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
2484		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
2485		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
2486		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
2487		DontBlameSendmail options are:
2488			Safe
2489			AssumeSafeChown
2490			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
2491			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
2492			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
2493			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2494			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
2495			GroupWritableAliasFile
2496			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
2497			WorldWritableAliasFile
2498			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2499			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2500			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
2501			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
2502			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2503			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2504			MapInUnsafeDirPath
2505			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
2506			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
2507			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
2508			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
2509			LinkedMapInWritableDir
2510			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
2511			FileDeliveryToHardLink
2512			FileDeliveryToSymLink
2513			WriteMapToHardLink
2514			WriteMapToSymLink
2515			WriteStatsToHardLink
2516			WriteStatsToSymLink
2517			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
2518			RunWritableProgram
2519	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
2520		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
2521		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
2522		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
2523		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
2524	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
2525		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
2526	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
2527		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
2528	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
2529	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
2530		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
2531		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
2532		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
2533		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
2534	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
2535		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
2536		contrast to the success case).
2537	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
2538		of the form:
2539			HHeader: $>Ruleset
2540		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
2541		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
2542		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
2543	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
2544		from hiding their connection information in Received:
2545		headers.
2546	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
2547		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
2548		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
2549		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
2550	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
2551		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
2552		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
2553		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
2554		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
2555		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
2556	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
2557		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
2558		remote identity can be queried.
2559	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
2560		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
2561		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
2562		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2563	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
2564		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
2565		some of the details are determined dynamically via
2566		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
2567	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
2568		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
2569		the new Build method which creates an operating system
2570		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
2571	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
2572		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
2573		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
2574		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
2575		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
2576		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2577	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
2578		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
2579		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
2580		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
2581		This means that even if only one of the recipients
2582		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
2583		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
2584	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
2585		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
2586		of CNET: The Computer Network.
2587	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
2588	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
2589		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2590	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
2591		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
2592	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
2593		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
2594		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
2595		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
2596	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
2597		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
2598		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
2599		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2600	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
2601		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
2602		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2603	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
2604		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
2605		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
2606		Institute.
2607	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
2608		mail.local.
2609	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
2610		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
2611		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
2612	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
2613		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2614		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2615	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
2616		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
2617		of InfoBeat, Inc.
2618	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
2619		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
2620	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
2621		mailstats command.
2622	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
2623		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
2624		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2625	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
2626		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
2627		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
2628		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2629	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
2630		Ericsson.
2631	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
2632		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
2633		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
2634		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
2635	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
2636		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
2637		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
2638		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
2639		Stratus Computer, Inc.
2640	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
2641		currently supported version.
2642	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
2643		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2644	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
2645		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
2646		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
2647		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2648	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
2649		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
2650		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
2651		message in error bounces.
2652	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
2653		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
2654		Digital Equipment Corporation.
2655	Portability:
2656		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
2657			of Kyoto University.
2658		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
2659			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
2660			Maryland.
2661		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
2662		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
2663			in Finland.
2664		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
2665			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2666			the University of Maryland.
2667		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
2668			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
2669		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2670			Meteorological Institute.
2671		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
2672			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
2673		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
2674		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
2675		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
2676		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
2677			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
2678			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
2679			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
2680			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
2681		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
2682			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2683		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
2684			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
2685			Microsystems.
2686	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
2687	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
2688		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
2689		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2690	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
2691		directory for certain programs.
2692	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
2693		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
2694		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
2695		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
2696		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
2697	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
2698		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
2699		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
2700		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
2701	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
2702		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
2703		the user to setup different .forward files for
2704		user+detail addressing.
2705	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
2706		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
2707		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
2708	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
2709		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
2710		outside your domain).
2711	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
2712		any site to any site.
2713	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
2714		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
2715	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
2716		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
2717	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
2718		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
2719		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
2720		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
2721		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
2722	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
2723		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
2724	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
2725		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
2726	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
2727		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
2728		host names only.
2729	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
2730		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
2731		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
2732		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
2733		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
2734		needed for most installations.
2735	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
2736		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
2737		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
2738		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2739		the University of Maryland.
2740	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
2741		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
2742		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
2743	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
2744		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
2745		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
2746	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
2747		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
2748	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
2749		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
2750	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
2751		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
2752		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
2753		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
2754		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
2755	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
2756		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
2757		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
2758		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
2759		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
2760		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
2761		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
2762	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
2763		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
2764	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
2765		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
2766		above for more information.
2767	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
2768		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2769		Meteorological Institute.
2770	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
2771		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
2772		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
2773		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
2774		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2775	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
2776		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
2777	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
2778		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
2779		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
2780		MustQuoteChars respectively.
2781	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
2782		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
2783		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
2784		CMU (now of Netscape).
2785	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
2786		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
2787		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
2788		read mail.local/README.
2789	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
2790		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
2791		University of Maryland.
2792	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
2793		University, Chico.
2794	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2795		Meteorological Institute.
2796	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
2797		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
2798		University of Maryland.
2799	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
2800		such as linked files in world writable directories.
2801	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
2802	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
2803	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
2804		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
2805		Braunschweig.
2806	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
2807		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
2808		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2809	Changed Files:
2810		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
2811			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
2812		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
2813	New Files:
2814		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
2815		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
2816		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
2817		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
2818		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
2819		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
2820		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
2821		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
2822		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
2823		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
2824		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
2825		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
2826		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
2827		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
2828		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
2829		BuildTools/OS/QNX
2830		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
2831		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
2832		BuildTools/README
2833		BuildTools/Site/README
2834		BuildTools/bin/Build
2835		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
2836		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
2837		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
2838		Makefile
2839		cf/cf/Build
2840		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
2841		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
2842		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
2843		cf/feature/access_db.m4
2844		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
2845		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
2846		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
2847		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
2848		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2849		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
2850		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
2851		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
2852		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
2853		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
2854		contrib/doublebounce.pl
2855		mail.local/Build
2856		mail.local/Makefile.m4
2857		mail.local/README
2858		mailstats/Build
2859		mailstats/Makefile.m4
2860		makemap/Build
2861		makemap/Makefile.m4
2862		praliases/Build
2863		praliases/Makefile.m4
2864		rmail/Build
2865		rmail/Makefile.m4
2866		rmail/rmail.0
2867		smrsh/Build
2868		smrsh/Makefile.m4
2869		src/Build
2870		src/Makefile.m4
2871		src/snprintf.c
2872	Deleted Files:
2873		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
2874		mail.local/Makefile
2875		mail.local/Makefile.dist
2876		mailstats/Makefile
2877		mailstats/Makefile.dist
2878		makemap/Makefile
2879		makemap/Makefile.dist
2880		praliases/Makefile
2881		praliases/Makefile.dist
2882		rmail/Makefile
2883		smrsh/Makefile
2884		smrsh/Makefile.dist
2885		src/Makefile
2886		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
2887		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
2888			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
2889		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
2890	Renamed Files:
2891		READ_ME => README
2892		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
2893		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
2894		src/READ_ME => src/README
2895
28968.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
2897	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
2898		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2899		Meteorological Institute.
2900	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
2901		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
2902		Arseneault of SRI International.
2903	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
2904		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
2905		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2906	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
2907		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
2908	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
2909		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
2910		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
2911		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2912	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
2913		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
2914		River Systems.
2915	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
2916		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
2917		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
2918		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
2919		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2920	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
2921		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
2922		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
2923		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
2924		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
2925	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
2926		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
2927		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
2928		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2929	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
2930	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
2931		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2932	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
2933		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
2934		results during a single message processing (but would
2935		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
2936		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
2937	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
2938		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2939		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2940	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
2941		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
2942		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2943		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2944	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
2945		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
2946		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
2947		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
2948	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
2949		and the inability to save a bounce message to
2950		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
2951		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
2952		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
2953		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
2954		Associates.
2955	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
2956		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
2957		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
2958		could cause confusing error messages.
2959	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
2960		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
2961		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
2962		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
2963		SuperNet, Inc.
2964	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
2965		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2966	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
2967		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2968		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2969	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
2970		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
2971		dropped.
2972	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
2973		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
2974		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2975	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
2976		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
2977		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
2978	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
2979		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2980		Institute.
2981	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
2982		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
2983		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
2984		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
2985	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
2986		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
2987		RUS University of Stuttgart.
2988	Minor lint fixes.
2989	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
2990		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
2991		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
2992		of Stanford University.
2993	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
2994		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
2995		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
2996	Portability:
2997		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
2998			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
2999			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
3000			Electronic Data Systems.
3001		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
3002			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
3003		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
3004		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
3005			loader environment variables into the loader memory
3006			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
3007			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
3008			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
3009			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
3010			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
3011		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
3012			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
3013			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
3014			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
3015		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
3016			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
3017		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
3018			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
3019		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
3020			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
3021			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
3022			Services.
3023		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
3024			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
3025		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
3026			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
3027			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
3028		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
3029			Services VAS.
3030	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
3031	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
3032	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
3033			Ericsson.
3034
30358.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
3036	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
3037		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
3038		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
3039		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
3040		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
3041		GmbH.
3042	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
3043		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
3044		of Technology, Stockholm.
3045	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
3046		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
3047		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
3048		that these routines are included as though they were in the
3049		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
3050	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
3051		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
3052		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
3053		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
3054	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
3055		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
3056		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
3057		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
3058	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
3059		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
3060		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
3061		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
3062	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
3063	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
3064		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
3065		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
3066	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
3067		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
3068		have to assume that the information is good.
3069	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
3070		open or locked.
3071	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
3072	Better handling of non-setuid binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
3073		errors during testing.
3074	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
3075		printed in the error message.
3076	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
3077		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
3078	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
3079		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
3080		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3081	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
3082		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
3083		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
3084	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
3085		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
3086		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
3087		runner runs during a critical section in another message
3088		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
3089		Results Computing.
3090	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
3091		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
3092		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
3093		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
3094		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3095	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
3096		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
3097		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
3098		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
3099		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
3100		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
3101		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
3102		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
3103		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
3104		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
3105		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
3106		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
3107		simultaneously.
3108	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
3109		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
3110	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
3111		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
3112		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3113	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
3114		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
3115		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
3116		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3117	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
3118		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
3119		CSU Chico.
3120	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
3121		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
3122		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
3123		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
3124	Portability:
3125		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
3126			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
3127			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
3128			be used instead.
3129		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
3130			of Argonne National Laboratory.
3131		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
3132		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
3133		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
3134			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
3135		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
3136			in Makefiles.
3137		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
3138			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
3139		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
3140			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
3141			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
3142			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
3143			NCR Corp.
3144		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
3145			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3146		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
3147			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
3148			Resource Network
3149		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
3150			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
3151			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
3152			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
3153			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
3154			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
3155		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
3156			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
3157			Corp.
3158		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
3159			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
3160			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
3161		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
3162			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
3163		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
3164			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
3165			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
3166			PlainTalk.
3167	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
3168		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
3169		by Harry Styron.
3170	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
3171		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
3172	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
3173	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
3174		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
3175		changed after open".
3176	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
3177		files.
3178	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
3179	NEW FILES:
3180		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
3181		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
3182		test/t_exclopen.c
3183		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
3184	DELETED FILES:
3185		Makefile
3186
31878.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
3188	    *************************************************************
3189	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
3190	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
3191	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
3192	    * continued sendmail development.				*
3193	    *************************************************************
3194	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
3195		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
3196		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
3197		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
3198		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
3199		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
3200		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
3201		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
3202		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
3203		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
3204		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
3205		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
3206		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
3207		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
3208		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
3209		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
3210	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3211		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3212		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
3213		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
3214		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
3215		another database; this can be used either to expose
3216		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
3217		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
3218		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
3219		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
3220		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
3221		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
3222		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
3223		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
3224		system directories.
3225	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
3226		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
3227		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
3228		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
3229		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
3230		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
3231		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
3232	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
3233		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
3234		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
3235		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
3236		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
3237		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
3238		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
3239		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
3240		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
3241		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
3242		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
3243		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
3244		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
3245		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
3246		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
3247		NFS-mounted filesystems.
3248	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
3249		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
3250		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
3251		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
3252		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
3253		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
3254	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
3255		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
3256		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3257	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
3258		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3259		same host).
3260	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
3261		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
3262		from Theo de Raadt.
3263	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
3264		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
3265		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3266	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
3267		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
3268		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
3269	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
3270		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
3271		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3272	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
3273		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
3274		Microsystems.
3275	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
3276		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
3277		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3278	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
3279		too large) don't send the bogus message.
3280	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
3281		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
3282		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3283	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
3284		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
3285		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
3286	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
3287		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
3288		Shapiro.
3289	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
3290		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
3291		Sun Microsystems.
3292	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
3293		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
3294		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
3295		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
3296		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
3297		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
3298	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
3299		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
3300		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
3301		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
3302		Mercury Mail.
3303	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
3304		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
3305		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
3306		Morgan Stanley.
3307	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
3308		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
3309		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
3310		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3311	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
3312		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
3313		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
3314		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
3315		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
3316		not be run.
3317	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
3318		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
3319		printing.
3320	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
3321		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
3322		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3323	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
3324		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
3325	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
3326	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
3327		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
3328		erroneous results during a single message processing
3329		(but would recover when the next message was received).
3330	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
3331		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
3332		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
3333		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
3334		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
3335		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
3336		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
3337	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
3338		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
3339		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
3340		address as "may be forged".
3341	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
3342		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
3343		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
3344	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
3345		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
3346		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
3347		of TwinCom.
3348	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
3349		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
3350		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
3351		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
3352	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
3353		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
3354		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
3355	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
3356		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3357		Institute.
3358	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
3359		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
3360		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
3361		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
3362		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
3363		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
3364		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
3365		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
3366	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
3367		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
3368		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
3369		book (2nd edition).
3370	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
3371		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
3372		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
3373		John Beck of SunSoft.
3374	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
3375		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
3376		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
3377	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
3378		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
3379	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
3380		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
3381	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
3382		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
3383	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
3384		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
3385		returns.
3386	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
3387		on some architectures.
3388	Portability:
3389		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
3390		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
3391			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
3392			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
3393			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
3394			of Washington.
3395		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
3396			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
3397			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3398		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
3399		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
3400		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
3401		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
3402			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
3403			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
3404			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3405		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
3406		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
3407			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
3408			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
3409			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
3410			Cambridge.
3411		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
3412			Kari Hurtta.
3413		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
3414			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
3415			IRIX Makefile).
3416		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
3417			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3418	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
3419		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
3420		Brian Candler.
3421	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
3422		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
3423		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3424	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
3425		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
3426		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3427	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
3428		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
3429		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3430	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
3431		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
3432		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3433	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
3434		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
3435		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
3436	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
3437		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
3438		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
3439		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
3440		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3441	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
3442		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
3443		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
3444		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
3445	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
3446		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
3447		was specified, even when it wasn't.
3448	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
3449	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
3450		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
3451		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
3452		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
3453		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
3454	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
3455		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
3456		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
3457		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
3458		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
3459		developers).
3460	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
3461		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
3462		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3463	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
3464		symbolic links; although makemap is not setuid root, it is
3465		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
3466		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
3467	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
3468		NEXTSTEP.
3469	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
3470		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
3471		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
3472		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
3473		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3474	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
3475		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
3476		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
3477		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
3478		for system accounts.
3479	NEW FILES:
3480		src/safefile.c
3481		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
3482		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
3483		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
3484		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
3485		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
3486	RENAMED FILES:
3487		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
3488		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
3489
34908.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
3491	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
3492		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
3493		even if RunAsUser is specified.
3494	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
3495		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
3496		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3497	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
3498		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
3499		University of Pennsylvania.
3500	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
3501		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
3502		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
3503		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
3504		was unnecessarily awful.
3505	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
3506		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
3507		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
3508	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
3509		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
3510		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
3511		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
3512		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
3513		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3514	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
3515		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3516	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
3517		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
3518		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3519	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
3520		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
3521		Semiconductor Corp.
3522	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
3523		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
3524		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
3525		at Austin.
3526	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
3527		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
3528		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
3529		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
3530		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
3531	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
3532		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
3533		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
3534		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
3535		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
3536	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
3537		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
3538		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
3539		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
3540		Costales.
3541	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
3542		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
3543		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
3544		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
3545		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
3546	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
3547		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
3548		The current values and defaults are:
3549		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
3550		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
3551		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
3552		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
3553		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
3554	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
3555		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
3556		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
3557	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
3558		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3559	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
3560		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
3561		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
3562		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
3563		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
3564		Eric Hagberg.
3565	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
3566		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
3567		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
3568		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
3569	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
3570		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
3571		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
3572		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3573	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
3574		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
3575		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
3576		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
3577		Communications.
3578	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
3579		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
3580		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
3581		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3582	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
3583		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
3584	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
3585		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
3586	PORTABILITY:
3587		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
3588			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
3589		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
3590			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
3591		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3592		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
3593			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
3594			(Moscow).
3595		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
3596		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
3597		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
3598		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
3599		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
3600			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
3601	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
3602		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
3603		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
3604		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
3605		Received: line.
3606	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
3607		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
3608		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
3609		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
3610		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
3611		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
3612	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
3613		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
3614		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
3615		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
3616		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
3617		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
3618		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
3619		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
3620		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
3621		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
3622	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
3623		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
3624		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
3625		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
3626		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3627	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
3628		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
3629		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
3630	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
3631		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
3632		Long Beach.
3633
36348.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
3635	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
3636		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
3637		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
3638		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
3639		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
3640		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
3641		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
3642	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
3643		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
3644		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
3645		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
3646		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
3647		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
3648		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
3649		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
3650		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
3651	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
3652		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
3653		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3654	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
3655		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
3656		Problem noted by several people.
3657	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
3658		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
3659		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
3660		by several people.
3661	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
3662		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
3663	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
3664		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
3665		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
3666		of Best Internet Communications.
3667	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
3668		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
3669	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
3670		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
3671		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
3672		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
3673		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
3674	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
3675		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
3676	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
3677		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
3678	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
3679		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3680	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
3681		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
3682		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
3683		by Roy Mongiovi.
3684	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
3685		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3686	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
3687		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
3688		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
3689		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
3690		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
3691	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
3692		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
3693		of Kyoto University.
3694	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
3695		conditions from Don Lewis.
3696	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
3697		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
3698		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
3699		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
3700		patch from Bryan Costales.
3701	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3702		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
3703			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
3704			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
3705			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
3706			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
3707		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
3708			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
3709		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
3710			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
3711		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
3712			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
3713			of Tokyo.
3714		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
3715			Services, Inc.
3716		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
3717			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
3718			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
3719			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
3720		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
3721			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
3722	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
3723		than one long one.  By popular demand.
3724	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
3725		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
3726	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
3727		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
3728		of NTT Software Corporation.
3729	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
3730	NEW FILES:
3731		contrib/etrn.pl
3732
37338.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
3734	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
3735		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
3736		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
3737		best-of-security list.
3738	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
3739		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
3740		should make it clearer to people that they are running
3741		the wrong binary.
3742	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
3743		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
3744		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
3745		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
3746		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
3747	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
3748		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
3749		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
3750		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3751	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
3752		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3753	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
3754		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
3755		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
3756		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
3757		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
3758		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
3759		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
3760		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
3761		Eric Wassenaar.
3762	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
3763		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
3764		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
3765		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
3766		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
3767		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
3768		UUNET.
3769	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
3770		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
3771		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
3772		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
3773		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
3774	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
3775		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
3776		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
3777		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
3778	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
3779		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3780	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
3781		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
3782		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
3783		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
3784	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
3785		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
3786		University of Linkoping.
3787	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
3788		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
3789		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
3790	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
3791		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
3792		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
3793		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
3794		other end.
3795	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
3796		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
3797		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
3798	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
3799		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
3800		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
3801		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3802	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3803		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
3804			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
3805			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
3806			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
3807		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
3808			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
3809		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
3810			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
3811		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
3812			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
3813			The outline of the implementation was contributed
3814			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
3815		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
3816			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
3817			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
3818			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
3819			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
3820			Earickson of Colby College.
3821		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
3822			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
3823			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
3824			Kari Hurtta.
3825	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
3826		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
3827		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
3828	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
3829		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
3830		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
3831		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3832	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
3833		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
3834		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
3835		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
3836		University of Washington, Seattle.
3837	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
3838		Polytechnic Institute.
3839	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
3840		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
3841	NEW FILES:
3842		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
3843		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
3844		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
3845
38468.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
3847	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
3848		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
3849	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3850		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
3851			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
3852			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
3853	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
3854		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
3855	CONFIG: no changes.
3856
38578.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
3858	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
3859		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
3860		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
3861	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
3862		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
3863		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
3864		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
3865		of WPI.
3866	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
3867		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
3868		Kyoto University.
3869	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
3870		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
3871		on illegal host names.
3872	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
3873		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
3874		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
3875	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
3876		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
3877		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
3878	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
3879		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
3880		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3881	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
3882		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
3883		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
3884	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
3885		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
3886		University of Leicester.
3887	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
3888		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
3889		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
3890		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
3891		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
3892		University of Washington.
3893	PORTABILITY FIXES:
3894		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
3895			people pointed this out.
3896		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
3897		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
3898			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
3899	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
3900		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
3901	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
3902		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
3903		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
3904		Softec.
3905	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
3906		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3907	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
3908		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
3909
39108.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
3911	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
3912		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
3913	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
3914		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
3915		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
3916	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
3917		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
3918		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
3919		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
3920	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
3921		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
3922		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
3923		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
3924		NSC (Japan).
3925	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
3926		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
3927		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3928	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
3929		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
3930		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
3931		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
3932	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
3933		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
3934		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
3935		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
3936		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
3937		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
3938		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
3939		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
3940	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
3941		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
3942	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
3943		printout.
3944	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
3945	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
3946		square braces.
3947	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
3948		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
3949		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
3950	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
3951		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
3952		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
3953		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3954	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
3955		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
3956		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
3957		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
3958	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
3959		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
3960		Dandelion Digital.
3961	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
3962		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
3963	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
3964		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
3965		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
3966	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
3967		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
3968		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
3969	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
3970		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
3971	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
3972		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
3973		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
3974		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
3975		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
3976	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
3977		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
3978	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
3979		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
3980		mailers.
3981	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
3982		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
3983		Myers of CMU.
3984	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
3985		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
3986		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
3987		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
3988		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
3989		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
3990	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
3991		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
3992		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
3993		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
3994		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
3995		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
3996		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
3997		parameter.
3998	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
3999		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
4000		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
4001		University of Maryland.
4002	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
4003		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
4004	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
4005		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
4006		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
4007	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
4008		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
4009		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
4010		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
4011		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
4012		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
4013		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
4014	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
4015		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
4016		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
4017		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
4018		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
4019	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
4020		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
4021		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
4022		section 5.2.5.
4023	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
4024		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
4025		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
4026		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
4027		is for incoming connections only.
4028	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
4029		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
4030		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
4031		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
4032		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
4033		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
4034		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
4035		(e.g., due to connection caching).
4036	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
4037		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
4038		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
4039		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
4040		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
4041		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
4042		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
4043		that take a very long time to run.
4044	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
4045		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
4046		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
4047	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
4048		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
4049		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4050	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
4051		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
4052		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4053	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
4054		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
4055		Costales.
4056	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
4057		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
4058		Technologies, Inc.
4059	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
4060		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
4061		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
4062	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
4063		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
4064		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
4065		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
4066		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
4067		different for this case.
4068	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
4069		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
4070		of Stanford University.
4071	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
4072		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
4073		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
4074		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4075	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
4076		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
4077		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
4078	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
4079		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
4080		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4081	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
4082		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
4083		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
4084		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
4085	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
4086		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
4087		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
4088		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
4089		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
4090		Pasteur Institute.
4091	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
4092		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
4093		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
4094		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
4095	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
4096		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
4097		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
4098		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
4099		canonification.
4100	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
4101		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
4102		mailers.
4103	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
4104		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
4105		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
4106		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
4107		either of these in their configuration file.
4108	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
4109		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
4110		St. Peter's College.
4111	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
4112		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
4113	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
4114		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4115	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
4116		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4117	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
4118		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
4119		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
4120		Costales.
4121	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
4122		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
4123		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
4124		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
4125		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
4126		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
4127		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
4128		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
4129		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
4130		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
4131		in rulesets.
4132	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
4133		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
4134		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
4135		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
4136		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
4137		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
4138		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
4139		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
4140	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
4141		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
4142		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
4143		on that basis.
4144	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
4145		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
4146	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
4147		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
4148		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
4149		Vixie.
4150	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
4151		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
4152		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
4153		See also the src/READ_ME file.
4154	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
4155		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
4156		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
4157		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
4158		two characters $, +.
4159	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
4160		debug_dumpstate.
4161	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
4162		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
4163		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
4164		valid recipients.
4165	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
4166		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
4167		noted by Tom May.
4168	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
4169		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
4170		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
4171		Beck of InReference, Inc.
4172	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
4173		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
4174		Computing Corporation.
4175	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
4176		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
4177		Internet Communications.
4178	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
4179		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
4180		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
4181		of Lysator.
4182	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
4183		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
4184		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
4185		of the University of Iceland.
4186	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
4187		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
4188		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
4189		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
4190		this change is a no-op.
4191	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
4192		Costales.
4193	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
4194		Bryan Costales.
4195	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
4196		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
4197	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
4198		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4199	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
4200		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4201	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
4202		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
4203		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
4204		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4205	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
4206		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
4207		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
4208		Jones of UUNET.
4209	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
4210		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
4211		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4212	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
4213		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
4214		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
4215		easily determine what messages are to their role as
4216		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
4217		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
4218	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
4219		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
4220		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
4221		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
4222		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
4223		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
4224		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
4225		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
4226		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
4227		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
4228		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
4229		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
4230	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
4231		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
4232		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
4233		of Stanford University.
4234	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
4235		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
4236		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
4237		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
4238		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
4239		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
4240		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
4241	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
4242		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
4243		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
4244		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
4245		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
4246		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4247	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
4248		Motonori Nakamura.
4249	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
4250		you are not running setuid; this makes management of certain
4251		kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch suggested by
4252		Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
4253	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
4254		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
4255		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
4256		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
4257		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
4258		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
4259		value is ".hoststat".
4260		There are also two new operation modes:
4261		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
4262		    connections.
4263		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
4264		    recent status information.
4265		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
4266		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
4267		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
4268		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
4269		framework is gratefully appreciated.
4270	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
4271		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
4272		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
4273		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
4274		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
4275		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
4276		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
4277		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
4278		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
4279		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
4280		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
4281	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
4282		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
4283		Costales.
4284	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
4285		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4286	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
4287		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
4288		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
4289		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4290	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
4291		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
4292		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
4293		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
4294		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
4295		Webmasters.
4296	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
4297		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
4298		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
4299		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
4300		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
4301	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
4302		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
4303		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
4304		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
4305		of Washington, Seattle.
4306	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
4307		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
4308		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
4309		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
4310		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
4311		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
4312	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
4313		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
4314		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
4315		Nakamura.
4316	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
4317		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
4318		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
4319		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
4320		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
4321		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
4322		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
4323		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
4324		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
4325		well constrained.
4326	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
4327		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
4328		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
4329		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
4330		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
4331	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
4332		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
4333		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
4334		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
4335		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
4336		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
4337	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
4338		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
4339		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
4340	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
4341		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
4342		Wolfhugel.
4343	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
4344		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
4345	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
4346		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
4347		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4348	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
4349		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4350	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
4351		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
4352		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
4353		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
4354		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
4355	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
4356		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
4357		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
4358		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
4359	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
4360		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
4361		National University of Singapore.
4362	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
4363		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
4364		system can't cope with.
4365	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4366		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
4367			Atlas International.
4368		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
4369			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
4370		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
4371			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
4372			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
4373			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
4374			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
4375			Bernstein and Associates.
4376		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
4377			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
4378			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
4379		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
4380			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4381		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
4382			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
4383			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
4384		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
4385			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4386		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
4387			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
4388		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
4389		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4390		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
4391			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4392			Institute.
4393		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
4394			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
4395		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
4396		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
4397			Employment Standards Administration.
4398		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
4399		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
4400			Jr.
4401		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
4402			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
4403		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
4404			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
4405		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
4406		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
4407		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
4408		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
4409			of the University of Arizona.
4410		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
4411			Vanderbilt University.
4412		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
4413			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
4414			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
4415			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4416	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
4417		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
4418	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
4419		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
4420		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
4421		Foundation.
4422	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
4423	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
4424		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
4425		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
4426		Myers of CMU.
4427	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
4428		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
4429		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
4430	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
4431		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
4432		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
4433		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
4434		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
4435		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
4436		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
4437		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
4438	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
4439		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
4440		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
4441		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
4442		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
4443		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
4444		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4445	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
4446		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
4447		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
4448		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
4449			info@foo.com	foo-info
4450			info@bar.com	bar-info
4451			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
4452		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
4453		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
4454		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
4455		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
4456		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
4457		a great many people.
4458	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
4459		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
4460	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
4461		"fax" mailer.
4462	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
4463		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
4464		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
4465		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
4466		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
4467		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
4468	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
4469		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
4470		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
4471		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
4472		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
4473	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
4474		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
4475		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
4476		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
4477		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
4478		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
4479	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
4480		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
4481		of WPI.
4482	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
4483		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
4484		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4485	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
4486		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
4487		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
4488	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
4489		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
4490		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
4491		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4492	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
4493	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
4494		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
4495		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
4496		by Andreas Luik.
4497	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
4498		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
4499		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4500	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
4501		Wolfhugel.
4502	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
4503	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
4504		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
4505		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
4506		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
4507		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
4508		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
4509		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
4510	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
4511		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
4512		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
4513		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
4514		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
4515	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
4516		Costales.
4517	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4518	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
4519		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
4520	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4521	NEW FILES:
4522		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
4523		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
4524		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
4525		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
4526		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
4527		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
4528		mailstats/mailstats.8
4529		praliases/praliases.8
4530		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
4531		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
4532		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
4533		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
4534		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
4535		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
4536		cf/ostype/altos.m4
4537		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
4538		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
4539		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
4540		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
4541	DELETED FILES:
4542		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
4543		contrib/xla/README
4544		contrib/xla/xla.c
4545	RENAMED FILES:
4546		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
4547		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
4548		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
4549		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
4550		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
4551
45528.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
4553	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
4554		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
4555		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
4556		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
4557		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
4558	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
4559		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
4560		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
4561
45628.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
4563	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
4564		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
4565		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
4566		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
4567		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
4568		and others.
4569
45708.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
4571	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
4572		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
4573		any user (except root).
4574	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
4575		version number is unchanged.
4576
45778.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
4578	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
4579		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
4580		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4581	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
4582		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
4583		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
4584		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
4585	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
4586		Costales.
4587	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4588		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
4589		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
4590			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
4591			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
4592			Stanford University.
4593	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
4594		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
4595
45968.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
4597	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
4598		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
4599		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
4600	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
4601		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
4602		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
4603		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
4604		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
4605		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
4606		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
4607	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
4608		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
4609		by Kari Hurtta.
4610	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
4611		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
4612		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
4613		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
4614		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
4615		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
4616		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
4617		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
4618		bounces when it should have requeued.
4619	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
4620		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being setuid bar stopped
4621		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
4622		John Hawkinson of Panix.
4623	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
4624		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
4625		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
4626		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
4627		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
4628		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
4629		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
4630		Infobiogen.
4631	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
4632		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
4633		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
4634		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
4635		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
4636	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
4637		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
4638	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
4639		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
4640		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
4641	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
4642		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
4643		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4644	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
4645		underscores.
4646	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
4647		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
4648		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4649	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
4650		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
4651		included even if the user did not request success notification,
4652		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
4653	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
4654		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
4655		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
4656		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
4657		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
4658	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
4659		Costales of ICSI.
4660	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
4661		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
4662		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
4663	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
4664		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
4665		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
4666		Technological University.
4667	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
4668		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
4669		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
4670		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4671	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
4672		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
4673	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
4674		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
4675	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
4676		to have the database format of the alias files without the
4677		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
4678		Inc.
4679	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
4680		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
4681		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
4682	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
4683		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
4684		University.
4685	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
4686		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
4687		Association for Progressive Communications.
4688	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
4689		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
4690		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
4691		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
4692		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
4693		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
4694		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
4695		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
4696	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
4697		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
4698		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
4699		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
4700	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
4701		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
4702		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
4703		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
4704		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
4705		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
4706	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4707		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
4708			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
4709			James B. Davis of TCI.
4710		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
4711			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4712		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
4713			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
4714			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
4715			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
4716			isn't supported on all compilers.
4717		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
4718	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
4719		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
4720	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
4721		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
4722	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
4723		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
4724		(France).
4725	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
4726		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
4727	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
4728		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
4729		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
4730	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
4731		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
4732		for different files.
4733	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
4734		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
4735		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4736	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
4737		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
4738		changes).
4739
47408.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
4741	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
4742		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
4743		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
4744		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4745	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
4746		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
4747		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
4748		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
4749		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
4750		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
4751	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
4752		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
4753		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
4754		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
4755		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
4756		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
4757		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
4758		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
4759		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
4760		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
4761	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
4762		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
4763		results.  This could have security implications.
4764	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
4765		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
4766		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
4767	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
4768		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
4769		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
4770		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
4771		Elz.
4772	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
4773		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
4774	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
4775		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
4776		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
4777		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
4778		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
4779		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
4780		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
4781		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
4782		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
4783		domain names are your friends.
4784	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
4785		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
4786	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
4787		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
4788	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
4789		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
4790		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
4791		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
4792		of TerraNet.
4793	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
4794		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
4795		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
4796		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
4797		of WPI.
4798	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4799		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
4800			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
4801			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
4802			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
4803			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
4804		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
4805			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
4806		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
4807		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
4808		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
4809			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
4810	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
4811		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
4812		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4813	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
4814		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
4815		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4816	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
4817		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
4818		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
4819		Infobiogen (France).
4820	NEW FILES:
4821		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4822		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4823		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
4824
48258.7/8.7		1995/09/16
4826	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
4827		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
4828		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
4829		Global Communications.
4830	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
4831		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
4832	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
4833		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
4834		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
4835		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
4836		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4837	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
4838		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
4839		can be confusing.
4840	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
4841		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
4842	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
4843		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
4844	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
4845		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
4846		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
4847		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
4848		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
4849		Maryland.
4850	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
4851		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
4852		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
4853		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
4854		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4855	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
4856		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
4857		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
4858		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
4859		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
4860	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
4861		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4862	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
4863		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
4864		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
4865		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4866	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
4867		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
4868		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
4869		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
4870		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
4871		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
4872		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
4873		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
4874		Swarthmore University.
4875	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
4876		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
4877		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
4878		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
4879			ruleset.
4880		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
4881		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
4882			-d debug flag.
4883		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
4884		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
4885		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
4886		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
4887			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
4888			and the parsed address.
4889		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
4890			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
4891		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
4892			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
4893			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
4894			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
4895			recipients.
4896		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
4897			return the result.
4898		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
4899			`mapname' and return the result.
4900	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
4901		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
4902	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
4903		the header for envelope sender information and uses
4904		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
4905		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
4906		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
4907		that functionality.
4908	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
4909		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
4910		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
4911		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
4912		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
4913		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
4914	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
4915		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
4916		of Michigan Technological University.
4917	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
4918		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
4919		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
4920		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
4921		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
4922		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
4923		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
4924		or not.
4925	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
4926		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
4927		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
4928		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
4929		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
4930		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
4931		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
4932	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
4933		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
4934		should have minimal impact on external function.
4935	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
4936		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
4937			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
4938		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
4939			7	SevenBitInput
4940			8	EightBitMode
4941			A	AliasFile
4942			a	AliasWait
4943			B	BlankSub
4944			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
4945			C	CheckpointInterval
4946			c	HoldExpensive
4947			D	AutoRebuildAliases
4948			d	DeliveryMode
4949			E	ErrorHeader
4950			e	ErrorMode
4951			f	SaveFromLine
4952			F	TempFileMode
4953			G	MatchGECOS
4954			H	HelpFile
4955			h	MaxHopCount
4956			i	IgnoreDots
4957			I	ResolverOptions
4958			J	ForwardPath
4959			j	SendMimeErrors
4960			k	ConnectionCacheSize
4961			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
4962			L	LogLevel
4963			l	UseErrorsTo
4964			m	MeToo
4965			n	CheckAliases
4966			O	DaemonPortOptions
4967			o	OldStyleHeaders
4968			P	PostmasterCopy
4969			p	PrivacyOptions
4970			Q	QueueDirectory
4971			q	QueueFactor
4972			R	DontPruneRoutes
4973			r, T	Timeout
4974			S	StatusFile
4975			s	SuperSafe
4976			t	TimeZoneSpec
4977			u	DefaultUser
4978			U	UserDatabaseSpec
4979			V	FallbackMXHost
4980			v	Verbose
4981			w	TryNullMXList
4982			x	QueueLA
4983			X	RefuseLA
4984			Y	ForkEachJob
4985			y	RecipientFactor
4986			z	ClassFactor
4987			Z	RetryFactor
4988		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
4989		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
4990			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
4991			$l	UnixFromLine
4992			$o	OperatorChars
4993			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
4994		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
4995		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
4996		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
4997		specify "V6" in the configuration.
4998	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
4999		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
5000		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
5001		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
5002		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
5003		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
5004		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
5005		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
5006		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
5007		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
5008	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
5009		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
5010		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
5011			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
5012			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
5013		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
5014			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
5015			recipient mailer flags.
5016		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
5017		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
5018			delivery.
5019		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
5020		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
5021		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
5022		    |	Check for |program on this address.
5023		    /	Check for /file on this address.
5024		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
5025			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
5026			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
5027			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
5028		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
5029		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
5030		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
5031	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
5032		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
5033		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
5034		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
5035		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
5036		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
5037		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
5038		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
5039		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
5040		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
5041		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
5042		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
5043		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
5044		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
5045		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
5046		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
5047			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
5048			(essentially, the full MIME option).
5049		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
5050			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
5051		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
5052			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
5053			flag is ignored.
5054		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
5055			the setting of F=8.
5056	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
5057		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
5058		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
5059		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
5060	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
5061		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
5062		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
5063		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
5064	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
5065		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
5066		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
5067		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
5068	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
5069		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
5070		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
5071		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
5072		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
5073		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
5074		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
5075		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
5076	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
5077		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
5078		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
5079		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
5080		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
5081		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
5082		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
5083		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
5084		Unicom.
5085	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
5086		fashion as the U= mailer option.
5087	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
5088		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
5089		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
5090		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
5091		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
5092		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
5093		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
5094		from Chip Rosenthal.
5095	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
5096		For example,
5097		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
5098		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
5099		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
5100		set them both the preferred new syntax is
5101		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
5102		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
5103	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
5104		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
5105		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
5106		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
5107		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
5108		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
5109		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
5110		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
5111		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
5112		contribution was to make it configurable).
5113	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
5114		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
5115		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
5116		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
5117		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
5118		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
5119	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
5120		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
5121		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
5122		I/O redirection.
5123	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
5124		can be confusing.
5125	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
5126		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
5127		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
5128	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
5129	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
5130		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
5131		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
5132		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
5133		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
5134		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
5135		queue-only.
5136	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
5137		:include: and .forward files.
5138	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
5139		key field name, the value field name, and the field
5140		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
5141		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
5142		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
5143	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
5144		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5145	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
5146		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
5147		Sun Microsystems.
5148	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
5149		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
5150		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
5151		Hutton of Indiana University.
5152	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
5153		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
5154		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
5155		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
5156		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
5157		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5158	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
5159		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
5160		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
5161		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
5162		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
5163		as comments.
5164	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
5165		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
5166		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
5167		are from sysexits.h.
5168	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
5169		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
5170		    Kmap1 ...
5171		    Kmap2 ...
5172		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
5173		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
5174		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
5175		map2 is searched and the value returned.
5176	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
5177		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
5178		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
5179		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
5180		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
5181		For example, if the declaration of the map is
5182		    Ksample switch hosts
5183		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
5184		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
5185		equivalent to
5186		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
5187		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
5188	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
5189		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
5190		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
5191		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
5192		the -m (matchonly) flag.
5193	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
5194		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
5195		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
5196	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
5197		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
5198		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
5199		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
5200	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
5201		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
5202		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
5203		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
5204		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
5205		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
5206		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
5207		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
5208		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
5209	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
5210		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
5211		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
5212		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
5213		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
5214	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
5215		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
5216		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
5217		an /etc/hosts entry reads
5218		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
5219		this change will use the second name as the canonical
5220		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
5221	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
5222		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
5223		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
5224		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
5225		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
5226		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
5227	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
5228		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
5229		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
5230		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
5231		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
5232		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
5233		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
5234	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
5235		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
5236		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
5237	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
5238		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
5239		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
5240		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
5241	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
5242		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
5243		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
5244		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
5245		much longer than the specified timeout.
5246	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
5247		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
5248		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
5249		denial-of-service attack.
5250	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
5251		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
5252		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5253	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
5254		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
5255		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
5256		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
5257		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
5258		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
5259		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
5260		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
5261		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
5262		actually file lookups.
5263	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
5264		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
5265		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
5266		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
5267	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
5268		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
5269		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
5270		support for them has been removed.
5271	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
5272		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
5273		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
5274	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
5275		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
5276		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
5277		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
5278	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
5279		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
5280		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5281	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
5282		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
5283		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
5284	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
5285		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
5286		also improves the connection cache utilization.
5287	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
5288		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
5289		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
5290	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
5291		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
5292		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
5293		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
5294		all the time (without having the setuid bit set).  Change
5295		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
5296		Microsystems.
5297	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
5298		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
5299		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
5300		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
5301		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
5302		option can give the network software time to establish
5303		the link.  The default units are seconds.
5304	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
5305		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
5306		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
5307		Defense Information Systems Agency.
5308	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
5309		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
5310		the National Computer Security Center.
5311	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
5312		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
5313		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
5314		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
5315		the mailprio scripts (see below).
5316	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
5317		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
5318		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
5319		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
5320		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
5321		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
5322		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
5323		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
5324		University Computing Service.
5325	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
5326		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
5327		the University of Kentucky.
5328	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
5329		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
5330		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
5331	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
5332		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
5333	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
5334		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
5335		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
5336		Corporation.
5337	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
5338		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
5339		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
5340		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
5341	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
5342		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
5343		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
5344		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
5345		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
5346		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
5347		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
5348	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
5349		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
5350		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
5351	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
5352		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
5353		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
5354		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
5355	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
5356		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
5357		Communications.
5358	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
5359		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
5360		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
5361		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
5362		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
5363	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
5364		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
5365		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
5366		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
5367		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
5368	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
5369		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5370	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
5371		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
5372		on values:
5373		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
5374					message will be passed on even
5375					though it is in technically
5376					illegal syntax.
5377		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
5378					recipients that it can find from
5379					the envelope.  This risks exposing
5380					Bcc: recipients.
5381		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
5382					has almost no redeeming social value,
5383					and is provided only for back
5384					compatibility.
5385		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
5386					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
5387					which will have the effect of
5388					making the message legal without
5389					exposing Bcc: recipients.
5390		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
5391					There is a chance that mailers down
5392					the line will delete this header,
5393					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
5394					recipients.
5395		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
5396	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
5397		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
5398		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
5399		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
5400		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
5401	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
5402		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
5403		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
5404		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
5405		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
5406		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
5407		For example, if you run with
5408			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
5409		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
5410		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
5411		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
5412		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
5413	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
5414		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
5415			list: member1
5416			list: member2
5417		and an alias file declared as:
5418			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
5419		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
5420		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
5421		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5422	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
5423	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
5424		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
5425		Johannesen.
5426	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
5427		to be simpler and more consistent.
5428	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
5429		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
5430		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
5431		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5432	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
5433		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
5434		This may affect some people who have written their own
5435		checkcompat() routine.
5436	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
5437		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
5438		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
5439	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
5440		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
5441		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
5442		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
5443	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
5444		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
5445		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
5446		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
5447		Corporation.
5448	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
5449		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
5450		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
5451		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
5452		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
5453		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
5454		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
5455		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
5456	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
5457		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
5458		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
5459	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
5460		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
5461		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5462	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
5463		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
5464		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
5465	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
5466		the header.
5467	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5468	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
5469		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
5470		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
5471	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
5472		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
5473		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
5474		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
5475		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
5476		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
5477	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
5478		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
5479		is added between the first and second word of the first
5480		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
5481		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
5482		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
5483		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
5484		old sendmails understand.
5485	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
5486		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
5487	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
5488		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
5489		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
5490		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
5491		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
5492		data -- for example,
5493		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
5494					(romanized/less information)
5495		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
5496					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
5497					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
5498		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
5499					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
5500		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
5501		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
5502	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
5503		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
5504		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
5505		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
5506		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
5507		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
5508		Eric Prestemon of American University.
5509	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
5510		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
5511		increment on the background value).
5512	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
5513		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
5514		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5515	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
5516		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
5517		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
5518	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
5519		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
5520		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
5521		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
5522		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
5523	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
5524		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
5525		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
5526		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
5527		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
5528		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
5529		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
5530		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
5531		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
5532	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
5533		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
5534		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
5535		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
5536		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
5537		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
5538		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
5539	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
5540		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
5541		service type is "files".
5542	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
5543		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
5544		into class "c".
5545	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
5546		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
5547		contributed by SunSoft.
5548	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
5549		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
5550		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
5551		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
5552		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
5553		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
5554		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
5555		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
5556		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
5557		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
5558	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
5559		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
5560		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
5561		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5562	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
5563		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
5564		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
5565		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
5566		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
5567		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
5568		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5569	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
5570		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
5571	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
5572		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
5573		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5574	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
5575		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
5576		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
5577		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
5578		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
5579		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
5580		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
5581		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
5582		flags.
5583	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
5584		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
5585		Motonori Nakamura.
5586	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
5587		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
5588		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
5589		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
5590		of MIT.
5591	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
5592		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
5593	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
5594		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
5595		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
5596		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
5597		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
5598		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
5599		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
5600		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
5601		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
5602	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
5603		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
5604		the make.
5605	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
5606		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
5607		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
5608		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
5609	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
5610		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
5611		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
5612		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
5613		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
5614		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
5615	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
5616		of Sun Microsystems.
5617	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
5618		is at least 50% faster.
5619	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
5620		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
5621		University.
5622	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
5623		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5624	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
5625		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
5626		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
5627		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
5628	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
5629		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
5630		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
5631	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
5632		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
5633		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
5634		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
5635		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
5636		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
5637	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
5638		Carnegie Mellon.
5639	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
5640		support.
5641	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
5642		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
5643		Global Information Solutions.
5644	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
5645		From Motonori Nakamura.
5646	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
5647		Motonori Nakamura.
5648	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
5649		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
5650	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
5651		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
5652		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
5653		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
5654		James of British Telecom.
5655	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
5656		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
5657	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
5658		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
5659		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
5660		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
5661		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
5662		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
5663		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
5664	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
5665		a bad guy can read your private files.
5666	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5667		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
5668		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
5669			University.  This expands the disk size
5670			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
5671		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
5672			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
5673		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
5674			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
5675		Linux Makefile typo.
5676		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
5677			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
5678		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
5679			University, Chico.
5680		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
5681			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
5682			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
5683			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
5684			This requires adaptation of code that really
5685			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
5686			addresses or nameserver fields.''
5687		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
5688			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
5689		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
5690			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
5691		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
5692			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
5693			problems.
5694		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
5695			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
5696			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
5697		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
5698			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
5699		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
5700			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
5701		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
5702			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
5703			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
5704			Wemm of DIALix.
5705		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
5706			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
5707			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
5708			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
5709			of Ohio State University.
5710		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
5711			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
5712			University.
5713		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
5714			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
5715			Mainz.
5716		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
5717		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
5718			wrong statfs call).
5719		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
5720		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
5721			University.
5722		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5723		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
5724			Rochester Medical Center.
5725		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
5726			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
5727			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
5728			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
5729			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
5730		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
5731			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
5732			Division.
5733		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
5734			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
5735		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
5736			Durand of I.M.A.G.
5737		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
5738			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
5739		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
5740		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
5741			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
5742		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
5743		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5744		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
5745		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
5746		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
5747			of Meteo France.
5748		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
5749		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
5750		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
5751		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
5752		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
5753		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
5754		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
5755		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
5756		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
5757		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
5758			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
5759		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
5760			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
5761		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
5762			of Colorado.
5763		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
5764	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
5765		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
5766		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
5767	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
5768		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
5769		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
5770		on the file, but it should be quite small.
5771	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
5772		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
5773		giving the local administrator more control over what
5774		programs can be run from sendmail.
5775	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
5776		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
5777		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
5778		never will.
5779	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
5780		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
5781		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
5782	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
5783		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
5784		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
5785		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
5786		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5787	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
5788		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
5789	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
5790		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
5791		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
5792		arbitrary directory -- use either:
5793			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5794		or
5795			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5796		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
5797		can use:
5798			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
5799		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
5800		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
5801		compatibility.
5802	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
5803		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
5804	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
5805		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5806	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
5807		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
5808		County.
5809	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
5810	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
5811		just unqualified ones.
5812	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
5813		was never used and didn't work anyway.
5814	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
5815		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
5816	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
5817		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
5818		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
5819		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
5820		centralized hub.
5821	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
5822	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
5823		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
5824		this is expected to be another sendmail.
5825	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
5826		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
5827		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
5828		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
5829		Rosenthal of Unicom.
5830	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
5831		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
5832		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
5833	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
5834		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
5835		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
5836		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
5837		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
5838		but it is a no-op.
5839	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
5840		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
5841		as User Unknown.
5842	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
5843		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
5844		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
5845		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5846	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
5847		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
5848		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
5849	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
5850		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
5851		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
5852		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5853	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
5854		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
5855		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5856	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
5857	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
5858		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
5859	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
5860		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
5861		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
5862		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
5863	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
5864		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
5865		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
5866		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
5867		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
5868		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
5869		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
5870		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
5871	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
5872		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
5873		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
5874		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
5875		assumed.
5876	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
5877		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
5878		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
5879		Information Systems Agency.
5880	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
5881		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
5882		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
5883	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
5884		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
5885		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
5886		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
5887		that really can be used in the real world.
5888	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
5889		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
5890		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
5891	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
5892		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
5893	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
5894		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
5895		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
5896		by Scott Hutton.
5897	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
5898		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
5899	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
5900		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
5901		people.
5902	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
5903		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
5904	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
5905		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
5906		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
5907	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
5908		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
5909		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
5910	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
5911		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
5912		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
5913		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
5914	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
5915		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
5916		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
5917		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
5918		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
5919		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
5920	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
5921		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
5922		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
5923	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
5924		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
5925		by Kimmo Suominen.
5926	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
5927		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
5928		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
5929	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
5930		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5931	NEW FILES:
5932		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
5933		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
5934		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
5935		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
5936		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
5937		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
5938		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
5939		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
5940		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
5941		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
5942		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
5943		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
5944		cf/domain/generic.m4
5945		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
5946		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
5947		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
5948		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
5949		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
5950		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
5951		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
5952		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
5953		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
5954		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
5955		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
5956		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
5957		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
5958		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
5959		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
5960		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
5961		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
5962		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
5963		contrib/bsdi.mc
5964		contrib/mailprio
5965		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
5966		mail.local/mail.local.0
5967		makemap/makemap.0
5968		smrsh/README
5969		smrsh/smrsh.0
5970		smrsh/smrsh.8
5971		smrsh/smrsh.c
5972		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
5973		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
5974		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
5975		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
5976		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
5977		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
5978		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
5979		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
5980		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
5981		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
5982		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
5983		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
5984		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
5985		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
5986		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
5987		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
5988		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
5989		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
5990		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
5991		src/aliases.0
5992		src/mailq.0
5993		src/mime.c
5994		src/newaliases.0
5995		src/sendmail.0
5996		test/t_seteuid.c
5997	RENAMED FILES:
5998		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
5999		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
6000		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
6001		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
6002		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
6003		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
6004		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
6005		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
6006		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
6007		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6008		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6009		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6010		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
6011		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
6012		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
6013		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
6014		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
6015		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
6016		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
6017		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
6018		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
6019	OBSOLETED FILES:
6020		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
6021		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
6022		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
6023		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
6024		cf/cf/knecht.mc
6025		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
6026		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
6027		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
6028		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
6029		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
6030		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
6031		contrib/rcpt-streaming
6032		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6033
60348.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
6035	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6036		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6037		any user (except root).
6038	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6039		version number is unchanged.
6040
60418.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
6042	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
6043		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
6044		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
6045		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
6046		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
6047		each other!).
6048	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
6049		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
6050		than fork().
6051
60528.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
6053	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
6054		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
6055	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
6056		message when attempted from IDENT.
6057	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
6058		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
6059		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
6060		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
6061	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
6062		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
6063		partial lines.
6064	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
6065		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
6066		Rob McMahon.
6067	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
6068		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
6069		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
6070		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
6071	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
6072		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
6073		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
6074		Novell Labs Europe.
6075	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
6076		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
6077		Cal State Chico.
6078	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
6079		*Hobbit*.
6080	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
6081		and Liudvikas Bukys.
6082	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
6083		from Spider Boardman.
6084	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
6085		with the binaries).
6086
60878.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
6088	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
6089		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
6090	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
6091		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
6092		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
6093		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
6094		implications.
6095	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
6096		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
6097		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
6098		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
6099	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
6100		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
6101		University of Texas.
6102	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
6103		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
6104		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
6105		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
6106	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
6107		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
6108		Data General.
6109	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
6110		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
6111		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
6112	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
6113		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
6114		with a lot of arguments).
6115	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
6116		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
6117		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
6118		Michigan.
6119	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
6120		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
6121		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
6122		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
6123		Thibault.
6124	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
6125		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
6126		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
6127		some of the map code.
6128	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
6129		with the binaries).
6130
61318.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
6132	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
6133		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
6134		may have some security implications.
6135	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
6136		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
6137		Hill of the University of Iowa.
6138	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
6139		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
6140	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
6141		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
6142	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
6143	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
6144		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
6145		option.
6146	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
6147		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
6148		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
6149		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
6150		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
6151		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
6152		Rochester.
6153	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
6154		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
6155		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
6156	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
6157		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
6158		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
6159	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
6160		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
6161		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
6162	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
6163		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
6164		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
6165		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
6166		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
6167		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
6168		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
6169		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
6170		messages.
6171	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
6172		message to explain how much space was available and
6173		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
6174		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
6175	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
6176		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
6177		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
6178		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
6179		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
6180		moves things more towards what will probably become a
6181		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
6182		Kapor Enterprises.
6183	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
6184		without recompiling.
6185	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
6186		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
6187		purely cosmetic.
6188	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
6189		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
6190		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
6191	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
6192		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
6193		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
6194		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
6195		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
6196		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
6197		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
6198	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
6199		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
6200		Wolfhugel.
6201	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
6202		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
6203		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
6204		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
6205		refused" response, and that the connection can be
6206		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
6207		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
6208		size around and can never start listening to connections
6209		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
6210		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
6211		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
6212		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
6213		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
6214		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
6215		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
6216		implications.
6217	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
6218		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6219	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
6220		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
6221		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
6222	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
6223		doc directory.  This includes some additional
6224		information.
6225	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
6226		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
6227		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
6228		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
6229		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
6230		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
6231		loop the mail, which was bad news.
6232	Portability fixes:
6233		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
6234		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6235		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
6236		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
6237		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6238		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
6239			Newcastle upon Tyne.
6240		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
6241			Corporation.
6242		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
6243		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
6244			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
6245		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
6246	New Files:
6247		src/Makefile.CLIX
6248		src/Makefile.NCR3000
6249		doc/changes/Makefile
6250		doc/changes/changes.me
6251		doc/changes/changes.ps
6252
62538.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
6254	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
6255		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
6256		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
6257
62588.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
6259	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
6260		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
6261		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
6262		list.
6263
62648.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
6265	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
6266		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
6267		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
6268		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
6269		valid shell.
6270	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
6271		in the connection cache for a long time under some
6272		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
6273		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
6274		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
6275		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
6276	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
6277		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
6278		from a local user to another local user.  From
6279		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6280	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
6281		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
6282		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6283	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
6284		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
6285		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
6286		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
6287		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
6288		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
6289		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
6290		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
6291		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
6292	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
6293		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
6294		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
6295	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
6296		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
6297		BSD-like system.
6298	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
6299		protocol entirely.
6300	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
6301		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
6302		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
6303		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
6304		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
6305	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
6306	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
6307		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
6308		files.
6309	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
6310		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
6311		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
6312	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
6313		of CMU.
6314	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
6315		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
6316		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
6317	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
6318		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
6319		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
6320		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
6321	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
6322		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
6323		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
6324		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
6325		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
6326		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
6327	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
6328		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
6329	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
6330		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
6331		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
6332		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
6333		Motonori Nakamura.
6334	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
6335		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
6336		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
6337	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
6338		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
6339		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
6340		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
6341	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
6342		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
6343		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6344	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
6345		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
6346		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
6347	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
6348		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
6349		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
6350		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
6351	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
6352		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
6353		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
6354		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6355	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
6356		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
6357		didn't see the class items being added.
6358	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
6359		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
6360		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
6361		Rutgers.
6362	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
6363		but sets h_errno to a success value.
6364	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
6365		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
6366		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
6367		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
6368		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
6369		the problem myself.
6370	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
6371		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
6372		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
6373		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
6374	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
6375		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
6376		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
6377		UUNET.
6378	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
6379		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
6380		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
6381		John Oleynick.
6382	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
6383		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
6384		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
6385	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
6386		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
6387		Nakamura.
6388	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
6389		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
6390		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
6391		University of Washington.
6392	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
6393		don't have an ``=value'' part.
6394	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
6395		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
6396		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
6397		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
6398		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
6399		of Cambridge University.
6400	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
6401		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
6402		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
6403	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
6404		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
6405		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
6406	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
6407		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
6408		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
6409		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
6410		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
6411		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
6412		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
6413		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
6414		a chance.
6415	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
6416		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
6417	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
6418		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
6419		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
6420		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
6421		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
6422		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
6423		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
6424		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
6425	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
6426		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
6427	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
6428	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
6429		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
6430		size for various mailers.
6431	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
6432		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
6433		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6434	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
6435		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
6436		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
6437	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
6438	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
6439		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
6440		system.
6441	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
6442		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
6443		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
6444	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
6445		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
6446		Michel of Thomson CSF.
6447	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
6448		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
6449		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
6450		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
6451		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
6452		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
6453		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
6454		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
6455		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
6456		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
6457		University of Sydney.
6458	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
6459		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
6460		This is because of the known bug where definition of
6461		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
6462		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
6463	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
6464		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
6465		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
6466		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
6467		Suominen.
6468	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
6469		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
6470		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
6471		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
6472	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
6473		Suominen.
6474	Portability fixes:
6475		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
6476		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6477		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
6478		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
6479		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
6480		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6481		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
6482		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
6483		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
6484	NEW FILES:
6485		src/Makefile.DomainOS
6486		src/Makefile.PTX
6487		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
6488		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
6489		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6490		src/mailq.1
6491		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
6492		doc/op/Makefile
6493		doc/intro/Makefile
6494		doc/usenix/Makefile
6495
64968.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
6497	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
6498		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
6499		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
6500	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
6501		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
6502		permissions they should not have had (usually group
6503		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
6504		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
6505	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
6506		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
6507		Although this does not respond to a specific known
6508		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
6509		Christian Wettergren.
6510	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
6511		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
6512		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
6513		program by putting that in their .forward file.
6514		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
6515		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
6516		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
6517		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
6518		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
6519		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
6520		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
6521		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
6522		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
6523		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
6524	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
6525		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
6526		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
6527		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
6528	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
6529		connection to create problems on the current job.
6530		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
6531		the wrong place.
6532	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
6533		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
6534		problem that ignored the load average in locally
6535		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6536	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
6537		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
6538	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
6539		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
6540		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
6541	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
6542		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
6543		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
6544		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
6545		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
6546	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
6547		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
6548		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6549	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
6550		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
6551		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
6552	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
6553		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
6554	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
6555		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
6556		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
6557		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
6558	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
6559		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
6560		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
6561	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
6562		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
6563		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
6564	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
6565		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
6566		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
6567	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
6568		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
6569		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
6570		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
6571		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
6572		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
6573	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
6574		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
6575		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
6576		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
6577	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
6578		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
6579		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
6580		dot convention.
6581	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
6582		of from a clean exit.
6583	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
6584		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
6585		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
6586	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
6587		as the subject of an error message, even though the
6588		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
6589		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
6590	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
6591		Jones of UUNET.
6592	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
6593		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
6594		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
6595		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
6596	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
6597		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
6598		says that they should be ignored.
6599	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
6600		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
6601		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
6602		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
6603		is not reentrant.
6604	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
6605		documented in the Bat Book.
6606	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
6607		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
6608		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
6609		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
6610	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
6611		code during some parts of connection initialization.
6612		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
6613		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
6614		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
6615	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
6616		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6617	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
6618		of Kyoto University.
6619	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
6620		From P{r Emanuelsson.
6621	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
6622		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
6623	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
6624		Bryan Costales.
6625	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
6626		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
6627	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
6628		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
6629		Nakamura.
6630	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
6631		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
6632		illegal addresses appearing there).
6633	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
6634		BB&N.
6635	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
6636		included.
6637	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
6638		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
6639	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
6640		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
6641		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
6642		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
6643	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
6644		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
6645	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
6646		by the other end closing the connection.  From
6647		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
6648	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
6649		to include a host name or other useful information.
6650	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
6651		DeMarco.
6652	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
6653		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
6654		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
6655		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
6656		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
6657	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
6658		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
6659	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
6660		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
6661		this properly).
6662	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
6663		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
6664		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
6665	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
6666		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
6667		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
6668		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
6669		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
6670		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
6671		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
6672		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
6673	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
6674		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
6675		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
6676		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
6677		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
6678		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
6679		of the Institute for Global Communications.
6680	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
6681		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
6682		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
6683		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
6684	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
6685		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
6686	Portability fixes for:
6687		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
6688		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
6689		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
6690		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
6691		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
6692			of Stoner Associates.
6693		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
6694		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
6695			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
6696			of Maryland.
6697		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
6698		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6699		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
6700		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
6701		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
6702		RISC/os.
6703		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
6704			at Chico.
6705		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
6706		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
6707		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
6708			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
6709			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
6710	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
6711		since this is intended only for internal use, the
6712		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
6713		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
6714		addresses when relaying internally.
6715	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
6716		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
6717		provided by Peter Wemm.
6718	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
6719		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
6720		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
6721	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
6722		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
6723	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
6724		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
6725		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
6726		names.
6727	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
6728		rather than letting them get "local configuration
6729		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
6730	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
6731		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
6732		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
6733		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
6734		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
6735	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
6736		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
6737	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
6738	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
6739		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
6740		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
6741		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
6742		of Georgia Tech.
6743	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
6744		Jim Murray of Stratus.
6745	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
6746		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
6747		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
6748		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
6749		the local name prepended.
6750	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
6751	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
6752	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
6753		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
6754	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
6755		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
6756		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
6757	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
6758		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
6759			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
6760		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
6761			:include: files and accounts that have shells
6762			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
6763			cause some .forward files that have worked
6764			before to start failing.
6765		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
6766	NEW FILES:
6767		src/Makefile.DGUX
6768		src/Makefile.Dynix
6769		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
6770		src/Makefile.Mach386
6771		src/Makefile.NetBSD
6772		src/Makefile.RISCos
6773		src/Makefile.SCO
6774		src/Makefile.SVR4
6775		src/Makefile.Titan
6776		cf/mailer/pop.m4
6777		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
6778		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
6779		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
6780		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
6781		makemap/Makefile.dist
6782		praliases/Makefile.dist
6783
67848.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
6785	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
6786		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
6787		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
6788	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
6789		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
6790		class of attack.
6791	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
6792		in a few critical places.
6793	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
6794		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
6795		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
6796		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
6797		and High-Energy Physics.
6798	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
6799		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
6800		Eric Wassenaar.
6801	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
6802		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
6803		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
6804		Wassenaar.
6805	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
6806		really become relevant in the next release, but some
6807		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
6808		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6809	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
6810		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
6811		these can have different values depending on which
6812		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
6813	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
6814		what uid/gid processes ran as.
6815	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
6816		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
6817		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
6818		postmaster" case.
6819	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
6820	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
6821		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
6822	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
6823		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
6824		Christopher Davis.
6825	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
6826		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
6827		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
6828		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6829	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
6830		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6831
68328.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
6833	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
6834		addresses that get return-receipts.
6835	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
6836		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
6837		and end up sending the message several times.
6838	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
6839		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
6840		four hours".
6841	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
6842		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
6843		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
6844		Cornell University Medical College.
6845	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
6846		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
6847		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
6848		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
6849		Wassenaar.
6850	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
6851		connections fail during message collection.  From
6852		Eric Wassenaar.
6853	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
6854		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
6855		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
6856		Stratus.
6857	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
6858		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
6859		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6860	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
6861		by non-root users were not put into
6862		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
6863		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
6864		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
6865	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
6866		could get confused as to whether a database was
6867		open or not.
6868	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
6869		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
6870		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
6871		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
6872		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
6873	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
6874		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
6875		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
6876	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
6877
68788.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
6879	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
6880	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
6881		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
6882		propagated to the queue file.
6883
68848.6/8.6		1993/10/05
6885	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
6886		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
6887	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
6888		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
6889		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
6890		header files but don't have the syscall.
6891	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
6892		if trymx == FALSE.
6893	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
6894		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
6895		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
6896		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6897	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
6898		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6899	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
6900		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
6901		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
6902		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
6903		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
6904		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
6905		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
6906	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
6907		Kanbe.
6908	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
6909		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
6910		Wisner of The Well.
6911	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
6912		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
6913	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
6914		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
6915		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
6916		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
6917		files that you should be able to read but have previously
6918		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
6919		read permission.
6920	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
6921		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
6922		MX suppression will still work.
6923	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
6924		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
6925		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
6926		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6927	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
6928		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
6929		Nakamura.
6930	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
6931		"CX $Z" works.
6932	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
6933		trying to send the original message if the connection
6934		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
6935		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
6936		by John Myers of CMU.
6937	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
6938		term bug.
6939	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
6940		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
6941		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
6942		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
6943		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
6944		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
6945	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
6946	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
6947		ruleset testing a bit easier.
6948	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
6949		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
6950		level.
6951	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
6952		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
6953		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
6954		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
6955		address.
6956	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
6957		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
6958		Harvey Mudd College.
6959	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
6960		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
6961		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
6962		their full name information.
6963	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
6964		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
6965		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
6966	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
6967		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
6968	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
6969		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
6970		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
6971		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6972	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
6973		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
6974		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
6975		PC TCP/IP implementations.
6976	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
6977		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
6978		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
6979		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
6980		names.
6981	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
6982		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
6983		helpful.
6984	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
6985		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
6986		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
6987		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6988	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
6989		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
6990		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
6991	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
6992		that claims to be itself works properly.
6993	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
6994		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
6995		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
6996		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
6997	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
6998		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
6999		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7000	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
7001		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
7002		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
7003		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
7004		scratch.
7005	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
7006		true address to still send to the original address
7007		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
7008		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
7009		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
7010	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
7011		more trouble than it was worth.
7012	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
7013		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
7014		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
7015	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
7016		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
7017		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
7018	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
7019		the queue.
7020	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
7021		messages don't come out with stale information.
7022	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
7023		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
7024	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
7025		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
7026		Myers of CMU.
7027	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
7028		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
7029		Corrigan.
7030	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
7031		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
7032		sender address.
7033	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
7034	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
7035	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
7036		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
7037		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
7038		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
7039		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
7040		that does bulk data transfer).
7041	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
7042		Amir Plivatsky.
7043	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
7044		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
7045		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
7046		bogus config files that were not caught.
7047	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
7048		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
7049	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
7050		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
7051		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
7052	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
7053		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
7054	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
7055		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
7056		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
7057		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
7058	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
7059		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
7060	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
7061		opened or if running with no database format defined.
7062	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
7063		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7064	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
7065		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
7066		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
7067		Melbourne.
7068	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
7069		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
7070		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
7071		to match regular entries.
7072	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
7073		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
7074	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
7075		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
7076	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
7077		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
7078		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7079	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
7080		error message so that the "subject" line of return
7081		messages is the best possible.
7082	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
7083		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
7084		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
7085	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
7086		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
7087	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
7088		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
7089	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
7090		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
7091	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
7092	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
7093		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
7094		on the address.
7095	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
7096		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
7097		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
7098		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
7099		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
7100	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
7101	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
7102	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
7103		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
7104		addresses in any detail.
7105	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
7106		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
7107	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
7108		with an address such as "!foo".
7109	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
7110		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
7111		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
7112		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
7113		Bret Marquis.
7114
71158.5/8.5		1993/07/23
7116	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
7117		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
7118		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
7119		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
7120	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
7121		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
7122		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
7123		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
7124		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
7125		Nakamura.
7126	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
7127		are no DNS records matching the name.
7128	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
7129		original message was received ... from localhost".
7130		The correct original host information is now included.
7131	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
7132		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
7133		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
7134	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
7135		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
7136	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
7137		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
7138		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
7139		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
7140		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
7141		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
7142		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
7143		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
7144
71458.4/8.4		1993/07/22
7146	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
7147		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
7148		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
7149		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
7150		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
7151		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
7152		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
7153		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
7154		are really configuration errors.  This option is
7155		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
7156		UIUC sendmail.
7157	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
7158		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
7159		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
7160		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
7161		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
7162		by Neil Rickert.
7163	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
7164		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
7165		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
7166		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
7167		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
7168		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
7169		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
7170		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
7171		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
7172		of dickering with error handling (see below).
7173	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
7174		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
7175		humans.
7176	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
7177		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
7178	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
7179		repaired).
7180	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
7181		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
7182		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
7183		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
7184	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
7185		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
7186		connection rather than sending QUIT.
7187	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
7188		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
7189		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
7190		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
7191		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7192	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
7193		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
7194		core dumps on some machines.
7195	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
7196		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
7197		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
7198		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
7199		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
7200		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
7201		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
7202		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
7203		some true error conditions.
7204	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
7205		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
7206		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
7207		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
7208	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
7209		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
7210		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
7211		by Motonori Nakamura.
7212	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
7213		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
7214		caused error messages to be handled differently during
7215		a queue run than a direct run.
7216	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
7217		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
7218		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
7219	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
7220		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
7221		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
7222		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
7223		restart it.
7224	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
7225		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
7226		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
7227		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
7228		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
7229		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
7230		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
7231		is appropriately functional.
7232	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
7233		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
7234		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
7235		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
7236	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
7237		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
7238		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
7239		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
7240		Technologies.
7241	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
7242		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
7243		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
7244		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
7245		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
7246		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
7247		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
7248		things.
7249	Portability changes:
7250		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
7251			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
7252			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
7253			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
7254			of Colorado.
7255		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
7256			help other strict ANSI compilers.
7257		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
7258			Corporation.
7259		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
7260			documentation apparently doesn't define
7261			__STDC__ by default).
7262		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7263		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
7264			Motonori Nakamura.
7265	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
7266	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
7267		several people have made a good argument that this
7268		creates more problems than it solves (although this
7269		may prove painful in the short run).
7270	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
7271		format.
7272	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
7273		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
7274		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
7275	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
7276		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
7277		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
7278		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
7279		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
7280	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
7281		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
7282		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
7283		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7284	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
7285		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
7286		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
7287		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7288	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
7289		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
7290		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
7291		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
7292		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
7293	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
7294		environments.  Ugly as sin.
7295
72968.3/8.3		1993/07/13
7297	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
7298		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
7299		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
7300		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
7301		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
7302		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
7303		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
7304		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
7305		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
7306	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
7307		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
7308		"user friendly".
7309	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
7310		16 bytes/sec.
7311	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
7312		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
7313		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
7314		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
7315		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
7316		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
7317		for quick test cases.
7318	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
7319		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
7320		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
7321		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
7322	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
7323		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
7324		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
7325	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
7326		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
7327		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
7328		From Michael Corrigan.
7329	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
7330		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
7331		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7332	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
7333		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
7334		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
7335	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
7336		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
7337		Christophe Wolfhugel.
7338	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
7339
73408.2/8.2		1993/07/11
7341	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
7342	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
7343		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
7344		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
7345	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
7346	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
7347		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
7348		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
7349		from Bill Wisner.
7350	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
7351		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
7352	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
7353		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
7354		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
7355	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
7356		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
7357		match the other flags in that file.
7358	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
7359	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
7360		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
7361	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
7362		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
7363		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7364	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
7365		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7366	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
7367		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
7368		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
7369	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
7370		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
7371		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7372	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
7373		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
7374		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
7375		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
7376		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
7377	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
7378		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
7379		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
7380		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
7381		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
7382		the root and directories leading up to your home);
7383		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
7384		be owned by you.
7385	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
7386		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
7387		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
7388		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
7389	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
7390	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
7391	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
7392		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
7393		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
7394		is separate; this is just intended to work around
7395		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
7396		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7397	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
7398		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
7399		matching without a null it never tries again with a
7400		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
7401		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
7402		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
7403		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
7404		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
7405		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
7406		it adapts.
7407	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
7408		will insert the appropriate full name information;
7409		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
7410		way.
7411	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
7412		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
7413		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
7414	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
7415		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
7416		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
7417		only happen when there has been another error in the
7418		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
7419		by default in conf.h.
7420	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
7421		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
7422		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
7423		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
7424		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
7425		This output is not intended to be particularly human
7426		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
7427		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
7428	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
7429		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
7430		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
7431		See cf/README for an example.
7432	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
7433		sites that don't use the -d flag.
7434	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
7435		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
7436		has been requested by several people, but can break
7437		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
7438		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
7439		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
7440		broken.  Use it sparingly.
7441	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
7442		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
7443		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
7444	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
7445		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
7446		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
7447		Bill Wisner of The Well.
7448	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
7449		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
7450		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
7451
74528.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
7453	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
7454		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
7455	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
7456		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
7457		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
7458	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
7459
74608.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
7461	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
7462		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
7463		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
7464
74658.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
7466	Another mailertable fix....
7467
74688.1/8.1		1993/06/07
7469	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
7470